Worry is a misuse of imagination.
Volume - 6 Issue - 11
May, 2011 (Monthly Magazine)
Editorial / Mailing Office :
112-B, Shakti Nagar, Kota (Raj.)
Tel. : 0744-2500492, 2500692, 3040000
e-mail : xtraedge@gmail.com
Editor :
Pramod Maheshwari
[B.Tech. IIT-Delhi]
Cover Design
Om Gocher, Govind Saini
Layout
Rajaram Gocher
Circulation & Advertisement
Praveen Chandna
Ph 0744-3040000, 9672977502
Subscription
Sudha Jaisingh Ph. 0744-2500492, 2500692
© Strictly reserved with the publishers
• No Portion of the magazine can be
published/ reproduced without the
written permission of the publisher
• All disputes are subject to the
exclusive jurisdiction of the Kota
Courts only.
Every effort has been made to avoid errors or
omission in this publication. Inr spite of this,
errors are possible. Any mistake, error or
discrepancy noted may be brought to our
notice which shall be taken care of in the
forthcoming edition, hence any suggestion is
welcome. It is notified that neither the
publisher nor the author or seller will be
responsible for any damage or loss of action to
any one, of any kind, in any manner, there from.
Unit Price ` 20/-
Special Subscription Rates
6 issues : ` 100 /- [One issue free ]
12 issues : ` 200 /- [Two issues free]
24 issues : ` 400 /- [Four issues free]
Owned & Published by Pramod
Maheshwari, 112, Shakti Nagar,
Dadabari, Kota & Printed by Naval
Maheshwari, Published & Printed at 112,
Shakti Nagar, Dadabari, Kota.
Editor : Pramod Maheshwari
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
Editorial
Dear Students,
All of us live and work within fixed patterns. These patterns and habits
determine the quality of our life and the choices we make in life. There
are a few vital things to know about ourselves. We should become
aware of how much we influence others, how productive we are and
what can help us to achieve our goals. It is important to create an
environment which will promote our success. We should consciously
create a system that would enable us to achieve our goals. Most of us
live in systems which have come our way by an accident, circumstances
or people we have met over a period of time. We are surrounded by our
colleagues or subordinates who happened to be there by the fact of
sheer recruitment earlier or later by the management. Our daily routines
and schedules have been formed on the basis of convenience,
coincidence, and the expectations of society and sometimes due to
superstitions. The trick for success is to have an environment that helps
in attaining our goals. Control your life. Make an effort to launch your
day with a great start. A law of physics says that an object set in motion
tends to remain in motion. It is the same thing with daily routine. To
have a good start each morning will keep you upbeat during the day. If
you begin the day stressed, you will tend to remain so that way. The
best is to create a course of action or conditions where you are not
hassled for being late for a meeting, worried about household affairs or
distracted by happenings in the world.
Aim to be highly successful. Control the direction of your life. Not only
should you start the day on a cheerful note but also continue to do so
during the day. Keep yourself stimulated and invigorated during the
entire day. Start your day with a purpose. Have a daily direction and
trajectory of action. It will keep you on your course all day long.
Throughout the day reinforce your positive values and your choices.
Anything that helps you in maintaining your highest values and your
most important priorities should be welcome. Be in control of your life
and work. Create and sustain a wonderful environment filled with
beauty, peace, inspiration and hope.
Plan your day in such a way that suits your plans objectives and makes
you feel just right with the right amount of encouragement during the
entire day. You should give a direction to your day and timing.
Presenting forever positive ideas to your success.
Yours truly
Pramod Maheshwari,
B.Tech., IIT Delhi
1 MAY 2011
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 2 MAY 2011
 Volume-6 Issue-11
May, 2011 (Monthly Magazine) CONTENTS
INDEX PAGE
NEXT MONTHS ATTRACTIONS
Regulars ..........
Much more IIT-JEE News.
NEWS ARTICLE 4
Know IIT-JEE With 15 Best Questions of IIT-JEE • Pollen, Nanoparticles, and Asthma :
Challenging Problems in Physics,, Chemistry & Maths The Aerosol Science of Allergic Disease
Key Concepts & Problem Solving strategy for IIT-JEE.
• Seminar on IIT olympiad Courses
Xtra Edge Test Series for JEE- 2012 & 2013 IITian ON THE PATH OF SUCCESS 6
AIEEE 2011 Examination Paper & Solution Mr. Narayanaswamy
KNOW IIT-JEE 7
Previous IIT-JEE Question

Study Time........
DYNAMIC PHYSICS 14
8-Challenging Problems [Set # 1]
S Students’ Forum
Physics Fundamentals
Success Tips for the Months • Electrostatics-I
• 1-D Motion, Projectile Motion
• If you can't make a mistake, you can't make
CATALYSE CHEMISTRY 30
anything.
• Sometimes a big step is safer; you can't Key Concept
cross a ditch in small jumps • Gaseous State
• General Organic Chemistry
• Self-confidence grows not from what you
can do, but what you know you can do. Understanding : Physical Chemistry

• Children focus on what they can’t do. DICEY MATHS 38

Adults focus on what they can do.
Mathematical Challenges
• The secret of confidence is to know your Students’ Forum
resources.
Key Concept
• You never need to feel fear if you don't • Complex Number
want to do anything. • Matrices & Determinants
• You got to know when to hold ‘em and
know when to fold ‘em…
Test Time ..........
• An ounce of success is worth a pound of
positive thinking. XTRAEDGE TEST SERIES 46
• To understand motivation, know the power Class XII – IIT-JEE 2012 Paper
of the Hunter. Class XI – IIT-JEE 2013 Paper
• Defeat is advance payment for victory.
IIT - 2011 Examination Paper with Solution 62

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 3 MAY 2011

"Pollen, Nanoparticles, and
Asthma: The Aerosol Science of
Allergic Disease"
Pollen particles are so large that
inhaled pollen deposits primarily in
the nose and throat, yet allergists warn
asthmatics that pollen may trigger
airway inflammation deep in the
lungs, leading to bronchoconstriction.
At the same time, epidemiological
studies yield conflicting results on the
link between pollen and asthma, but
do show links between exposures to
fine particles and asthma. What began
as an effort to unravel the physics
behind this seemingly contradictory
advice stimulated studies of wind-
pollinating plants, pollen grains, and
respirable allergens. Botanists had
observed that live pollen grains will
rupture when immersed in water, and
speculated that the cytoplasmic
material was the source of respirable
allergen that could trigger asthma.
Initial experiments confirmed our
speculation that adhesion forces at the
micrometer scale are too strong for the
mechanism to explain the link, at least
as it was originally stated.
This seminar will examine how the
structures of the rarely noticed flowers
enable pollen antigen to be released in
respirable particles. Along the way,
we will examine some of the
remarkable methods that wind-
pollinating plants use to release their
pollen. The new understanding of the
ways that pollen antigen enters the air,
and the wide range of sizes of
particles in which it is found poses
new challenges for the measurement
of these airborne allergens. Present
measurements are limited to manual
microscopic analysis of samples
collected from the air, a tedious and
labor intensive undertaking. As a
result, the number of locations where
historical pollen counts have been
recorded is very limited, challenging
efforts both to quantify the association
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
between pollen and asthma and to
understand how climate change may
affect allergic disease in the coming
decades. Measurement of the respirable
allergen have only been reported for a
few localized studies. A computer
vision system has been developed to
address the former problem. An
ultrasensitive, label-free antibody assay
based upon high-Q whispering gallery
mode optical resonators is under
development to address the latter.
Seminar on IIT Olympiad
Courses
Ravindra Bharathi IIT Olympiad
School conducted an IIT Olympiad
awareness seminar here on Saturday at
Ravindra Bharathi School in Kakinada.
The motto of the seminar is to create
awareness about IIT Olympiad courses
on students and parents. Speaking on
this, Chief guest Ravindra Bharathi IIT
Olympiad School Principal Mr. M.Ram
Naresh explained about the importance
of IIT Olympiad courses for the
students and parents presided in the
seminar.
IIT-Roorkee new campus
inaugurated
IIT-Roorkee today inaugurated its
Greater Noida Campus at the
Knowledge Park-II area here. It was
inaugurated by Ashok Bhatnagar,
Chairman, Board of Governors, IIT
Roorkee in the presence of Director S C
Saxena.
IITs in world’s top 100 universities
on technical subjects
The Indian Institutes of Technology
(IITs) India’s premier technical
institutes have made it to the world’s
top 100 universities as per the recently-
released subject-wise rankings by
Quacquarelli Symonds (QS). In the
engineering and technology rankings,
IIT Bombay has bagged the 47th spot
4 MAY 2011
while IIT Delhi is at 52nd position.
IIT Kanpur follows at 63rd and IIT
Madras at 68th.
H CL FOUNDER SHIV NADAR
T O H E A D II T-K H A R A G P U R ’ S
BOARD
Shiv Nadar, founder of software
major HCL, was appointed the
chairman of the board of governors
of the Indian Institute of Technology
(IIT), Kharagpur, a statement from
the company said Thursday.
IIT-Kharagpur is the only
engineering institution from India
listed among top 500 universities
worldwide in the Shanghai Jiao Tong
University’s ‘Academic Ranking of
World Universities’.
‘It is an honour to be entrusted the
responsibility to further advance the
global stature this great institution
has built already,’ said Nadar.
Former chairpersons of IIT-
Kharagpur include former West
Bengal chief minister B.C. Roy,
former chairman and managing
director of Tata Steel Russi Mody,
chairman emeritus of Ballarpur
Industries Ltd. L.M. Thapar, and
chairman emeritus of RPG Group
R.P. Goenka.
IIT Delhi's golden jubilee
lecture by Professor Susan
Greenfield
IIT Delhi's Golden Jubilee Lecture
by Professor Susan Greenfield, titled
‘The 21st century mind: How will
technology change it?’
Susan Greenfield is a scientist,
writer, broadcaster and member of the
House of Lords. She is also Director
of the Institute for the Future of the
Mind. She has been awarded 30
Honorary Degrees from British and
Foreign universities and heads a
multi-disciplinary research group
exploring novel brain mechanisms
linked to neurodegenerative diseases
such as Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s.
In addition she has developed an
interest in the impact of 21st Century
technologies on how young people
think and feel, as discussed in her
book ID.
IIT student wins award for
revolutionary research
Mumbai: Prashanthi Kovur, a PhD
student from the Centre for Excellence
in Nanoelectronics, EE Department,
IIT Bombay has been awarded the
outstanding student researcher in the
field of Physics, Chemistry of
Material for nano-scale devices by the
world largest semiconductor company
TSMC.
Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing
Company (TSMC) is one of the
world's largest semi conductor
foundry, which provides leading
technologies for the semiconductor
manufacturing industry. The purpose
of the TSMC Outstanding Student
Research Award is to recognise
exceptional semiconductor related
research carried out by graduate
students. The competition for this
award attracted hundreds of
applications from students from
various universities all over the world.
Prashanthi's research is based on the
development of a novel multiferroic
system for MEMS applications.
Magnetism and ferroelectricity are
essential to many forms of current
technology, and the quest for
multiferroic materials, where these
two phenomena are intimately
coupled, is of great technological and
fundamental importance.
It has been shown for the first time
that room temperature multiferrocity
with significant coupling could be
achieved in Dy modified BiFeO3
system. The current work focuses on
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
the fabrication of RF MEMS switch "Applied Materials has grown to
using this novel multiferroic based become IIT Bombay's most
actuator. important industry collaborator in
terms of the scale of research
This work was done under the guidance
collaboration," said Professor
of Prof Vaijayanti R Palkar from EE
Devang Khakhar. "We welcome the
Department, IIT Bombay. Prof Palkar
establishment of the Applied
who was invited as an honourable guest
Materials CLEAN laboratory
for the award ceremony delivered a
through Applied's generous support.
lecture on 'Semiconductors in India and
This will begin a new phase of the
Functional Nano-oxides'.
collaboration in areas related to
renewable energy, which are a focus
IIT Bombay, Applied Materials of IIT Bombay's research."
launch State-of-the-Art Laboratory
The event also celebrates a
IIT Bombay, Applied Materials successful five-year relationship
Collaboration and the inauguration of between IIT Bombay and Applied
the "Chemistry Laboratory for Energy Materials for nanoelectronics and
and Nanoelectronics" (CLEAN) solar photovoltaic technology
Applied Materials, Inc. the world's research. During the course of this
leading supplier of manufacturing special alliance, Applied Materials
solutions for the semiconductor, display has endowed IIT Bombay with over
and solar industries, and IIT Bombay, $12 million for the following
India's highest-rated niversity and a projects:
leader in education and research, today • The establishment of the
announced the state-of-the-art "Applied Applied Materials
Materials Chemistry Laboratory for Nanomanufacturing Laboratory,
Energy and Nanoelectronics" (CLEAN) India's first 200mm
at the IIT Bombay (IITB) campus. This semiconductor fabrication
new laboratory expands the scope of facility and one of the few
collaboration between IIT Bombay and university-based 200mm
Applied Materials to include the facilities worldwide.
development of new materials that can
potentially be used in a variety of • Collaborative research on
electronic and renewable energy- nanoelectronics and solar PV
focused applications, including the technology.
fabrication of next-generation solar • Applied's donation of three
cells. state-of-the-art physical vapour
The lab was launched at a ceremony deposition and chemical vapour
attended by Mike Splinter, chairman of deposition process chambers to
the board, president and CEO of the National Centre for
Applied Materials, Omkaram Photovoltaic Research and
Nalamasu, chief technology officer of Education (NCPRE) for
Applied Materials, and Prof. Devang depositing thin films for solar
Khakhar, director, IIT Bombay. cell applications.
• A solar PV and LED lighting
"This is a great example of the kind of
system that lights up the main
university and corporate collaboration
avenue at IITB's campus
that is helping to advance technology
by enabling world-class research, • The establishment of The
innovation and workforce Applied Materials Chemistry
development," said Mike Splinter. "Our Laboratory for Energy and
goal is to serve as a catalyst for Nanoelectronics
developing the critical technology
needed to solve the many challenges of
next-generation electronic and solar
device manufacturing."
5 MAY 2011
 Success Story
This article contains story/interviews of persons who succeed after graduation from different IITs
Mr. Narayanaswamy
IIT Chennai, IAS officer.
(Secretary General Education, kerala)
On passing out from IIT Chennai Mr. Narayanaswamy
was offered scholarship by the prestigious Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, USA. He who came from a
middle class family believed that he had a moral obligation
to give something in return for the lakhs of rupees the
government spent on him as an IIT student. He had the
intelligence and conviction to realize that this money came
also from the poorest of the poor - who pay up the excise
duty on textiles when they buy cloth, who pay up customs,
excise and sales tax on diesel when they travel in a bus,
and in numerous other ways indirectly pay the
government. So he decided to join IAS hoping he could do
something for the people of this country. How many young
men have the will power to resist such an offer from USA?
Narayanaswamy did never look at IAS as a black money
spinner as his later life bears testimony to this fact.
After a decade of meritorious service in IAS, today,
Narayanaswamy is being forced out of the IAS profession.
Do you know why?
A real estate agent wanted to fill up a paddy field which is
banned under law. An application came up before
Narayanaswamy who was sub collector the, for an
exemption from this rule for this plot of land. Upon
visiting the site he found that the complaint from 60 poor
families that they will face water logging due to the waste
water from a nearby Government Medical College if this
paddy field was filled up was correct. Narayanswamy
came under intense political pressure but he did what was
right - refused permission for filling up the paddy field.
That was his first confrontation with politicians.
Soon after his marriage his father-in-law closed down a
public road to build compound wall for his plot of land.
People approached Narayanaswamy with complaint. When
talking with his own father-in-law did not help, he
removed the obstructing wall with police help. The result,
his marriage broke up.
As district Collector he raided the house of a liquor baron
who had defaulted Rupees 11 crores payment to
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
government and carried out revenue recovery. A Minister
directly telephoned him and ordered to return the forfeited
articles to the house of the liquor baron. Narayanswamy
politely replied that it is difficult. The minister replied that
Narayanaswamy will suffer.
In his district it was a practice to collect crores of rupees
for earthen bunds meant for poor farmers, but which were
never constructed. A bill for rupees 8 crores came up
before Narayanaswamy. He inspected the bund. He found
it very weak and said that he will pass the bill after the
rainy season to ensure that the bund served the purpose. As
expected the earthen bund was too weak to stand the rain
and it disappeared in the rain. But he created a lot of
enemies for saving 8 crores public money.
The net result of all such unholy activities was that he was
asked to go on leave by the government. Later such an
illustrious officer was posted as "State Co-Ordinator,
Quality Improvement Programme for Schools". This is
what the politician will do to a honest officer with
backbone - post him in the most powerless position to
teach him a lesson.
Since he found that nothing can be achieved for the people
if he continued with the State Service he opted for central
service. But that too was denied on some technical ground.
What will you do when you have a brilliant computer
career anywhere in the world you choose with the backing
of several advanced technical papers too published in
international journals to your credit? When you are
powerless to do anything for the people, why should you
waste your life as the Co-Ordinator for a Schools
Programme?
Mr. Narayanaswamy is on the verge of leaving IAS to go
to Paris to take up a well paid United Nations assignment.
The politicians can laugh thinking another obstacle has
been removed. But it is the helpless people of this country
who will lose - not Narayanaswamy. But you have the
power to support capable and honest bureaucrats like
Narayaswamy, G.R.Khairnar and Alphons Kannamthanam
who have suffered a lot under self seeking politicians who
rule us. You have even the power to replace such
politicians with these kind of people dedicated to the
country. The question is will you do the little you can do
NOW? At least a vote or word in support of such
personalities?
6 MAY 2011
 KNOW IIT-JEE
By Previous Exam Questions

(a 2 + H 2 ) ]
PHYSICS or H = 2[a + H –

or H = 2a + 2H – 2 (a 2 + H 2 )
1. A non-conducting disc of radius a and uniform positive
surface charge density σ is placed on the ground, with or 2 (a 2 + H 2 ) = H + 2a
its axis vertical. A particle of mass m and positive or 4a2 + 4H2 = H2 + 4a2 + 4aH
charge q is dropped, along the axis of the disc, from a 4a
or 3H2 = 4aH or H=
height H with zero initial velocity, the particle has 3
q/m = ε0g/σ. [IIT-1990] [Q H = O is not valid]
(a) Find the value of H if the particle just reaches the (B) Total potential energy of the particle at height h
disc qσ
U(x) = mgx + qV(x) = mgx + ( a 2 + x 2 – x) ]
(b) Sketch the potential energy of the particle as a 2ε 0
function of its height and find its equilibrium
position. = mgx + 2mg [ (a 2 + x 2 ) – x ]
Sol. (A) Given that : a = radius of disc, σ = surface = mg [2 (a 2 + x 2 ) – x ] ...(ii)
charge density, q/m = 4ε0g/s
The K.E. of the particle, which it react reaches the dU
From equilibrium : =0
disc can be taken as zero. dx
Potential due to a charge disc at any axial point a
situated at a distance x from 0. This gives : x =
3
σ
V(x) = [ a 2 + x 2 – x] From equation (ii) graph between U(x) and x is and
2ε 0
shown above
σ U
Hence, V(H) = [ a 2 + H 2 – H]
2ε 0
σa 2 mga
and V(O) =
2ε 0
3 mga
According to law of conservation energy, Loss of
gravitation potential energy = gain in electric
potential energy.
H O a/ 3 X
H = 4a/3
(m,q)
2. Light is incident at an angle α on one planar end of a
transparent cylindrical rod of refractive index.
H Determine the least value of n so that the light entering
the rod does not emerge from the curved surface of rod
irrespective of the value α [IIT- 1992]
O a
mgH = q∆H = q[V(0) – V(H)]
σ n
mgH = q[a – { (a 2 + H 2 ) – H }] ...(i)
2ε 0 β
α 90 – β
σq
From the given relation : = 2 mg (given)
2ε 0
Putting this is equation (i), we get, Sol. The light entering the rod does not emerge from the
curved surface of the rod when the angle 90 – r is
mgH = 2mg [a – { (a 2 + H 2 ) – H }]
greater than the critical angle.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 7 MAY 2011

 1 [Where L is the relative distance between A and B]
i.e., µ ≤ where C is the critical angle.
sin C 2L 2L
or t2 = =
Here C = 90 – r aA/B aA – aB
1 1 Putting values we get, t2 = 4 or t = 2s.]
⇒ µ≤ ⇒ µ≤
sin(90 – r ) cos r Distance moved by B during that time is given by
1
As a limiting case µ =
1
...(i) S = a Bt 2
cos r 2
1 0.79 2 × 0.7
Applying Snell's law at A = × ×4= × 10 = 7 2 m
2 2 2
sin α sin α
µ= ⇒ sin r = ...(ii)
sin r µ Similarly for A = 8 2 m.
The smallest angle of incident on the curved surface 4. Two light springs of force constants k1 and k2 and a
π block of mass m are in one line AB on a smooth
is when α = . This can be taken as a limiting case
2 horizontal table such that one end of each spring is
for angle of incidence on plane surface fixed on rigid on rigid supports and the other end is free
sin π / 2 1 shown in the figure. The distance CD between the free
From (ii) sin r = ⇒µ= ...(iii)
µ sin r ends of the springs is 60 cms. If the block moves along
From (i) and (ii) sin r = cos r AB with a velocity 120 cm/sec in between the springs,
⇒ r = 45º calculate the period of oscillation of the block.
1 1 (k1 = 1.8 N/m, k2 = 3.2 N/m. m = 200 gm)
⇒ µ= = [IIT-1985]
cos 45º 1/ 2
60 cm
⇒ µ= 2 k1 k2
This is the least value of the refractive index of rod V
for light entering the rod and not leaving it from the A m B
C D
curved surface.
Sol. The mass will strike the right spring, compress it.
3. Two block A and B of equal masses are placed on The K.E. of the mass will convert into P.E. of the
rough inclined plane as shown in figure. When and spring. Again the spring will return to its natural size
where will the two blocks come on the same line on the thereby converting its P.E. to K.E. of the block. The
inclined plane if they are released simultaneously? T
time taken for this process will be . where
Initially the block A is 2 m behind the block B. 2
Co-efficient of kinetic friction for the blocks A and m
T = 2π .
B are 0.2 and 0.3 respectively (g = 10 m/s2). k
[IIT-2005] T m 0.2
∴ t1 = =π =π = 0.785
2m 2 K2 1.8
A The block will move from A to B without any
acceleration. The time taken will be
B A 60
t2 = = 0.5
120
B
Now the block will compress the left spring and then
45º the spring again attains ite natural length. The time
mg sin θ – µ k mg cos θ taken will be
Sol. a =
m m 0.2
∴ aA = g sin θ – µkA g cos θ ...(i) t3 = π =π = 1.05
K1 1.8
and aB = g sin θ – mkB g cos θ ...(ii)
Putting values we get Again the block moves from B to A, completing one
oscillation. the time taken for doing so
0.89 0.79
aA = and αB = 60
2 2 t4 = = 0.5
120
aAB is relative acceleration of A' w.r.t.
∴ The complete time of oscillation will be
B = aA – aB
= t1 + t2 + t3 + t4
1 = 0.785 + 0.5 + 1.05 + 0.5
L= 2 m ⇒L= aA/B t2
2 = 2.83 (app.)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 8 MAY 2011

 60 cm At T = 20ºC = 293 K
K1 K2 nRT
V For benzene, P = PB0 =
V
B m A 1× 0.082 × 293
= = 0.098 atm
244.58
5. A solid sphere of copper of radius R and a hollow
= 74.48 torr (Q 1 atm = 760 torr)
sphere of the same material of inner radius r and outer
Similarly, for toluene,
radius A are heated to the same temperature and
nRT
allowed to cool in the same environment. Which of P = PT0 =
them starts cooling faster ? [IIT-1982] V
1× 0.082 × 293
Sol. Since the temperature and surface area is same, = = 0.029 atm
therefore the Energy emitted per second by both 819.19
spheres is same. = 22.04 torr (Q 1 atm = 760 torr)
We know that Q = mc∆T According to Raoult's law,
Since Q is same and c is same (both copper) PB = PB0 xB = 74.48 xB
1 PT = PT0 xT = 22.04 (1 – xB)
∴ m∝
∆T
Mass of hollow sphere is less And PM = PB0 xB + PT0 xT
∴ Temperature change will be more. or 46.0 = 74.48 xB + 22.04 (1 – xB)
∴ Hollow sphere will cool faster. Solving, xB = 0.457
According to Dalton's law,
PB = PM x 'B (in vapour phase)
CHEMISTRY or mole fraction of benzene in vapour form,
P 74.48 × 0.457
6. The molar volume of liquid benzene x 'B = B = = 0.74
PM 46.0
(density = 0.877 g ml–1) increases by a factor of 2750
as it vaporizes at 20ºC and that of liquid toluene
(density = 0.867 g ml–1) increases by a factor of 7720 7. 0.15 mol of CO taken in a 2.5 L flask is maintained at
at 20ºC. A solution of benzene and toluene at 20ºC 705 K along with a catalyst so that the following
has a vapour pressure of 46.0 torr. Find the mole reaction takes place
fraction of benzene in vapour above the solution. CO(g) + 2H2(g) CH3OH(g)
[IIT-1996] Hydrogen is introduced until the total pressure of the
Sol. Given that, system is 8.5 atm at equilibrium and 0.08 mol of
Density of benzene = 0.877 g ml–1 methanol is formed. Calculate (a) Kp and Kc and (b)
Molecular mass of benzene (C6H6) the final pressure if the same amount of CO and H2 as
= 6 × 12 + 6 × 1 = 78 before are used, but with no catalyst so that the
78 reaction does not take place. [IIT-1993]
∴ Molar volume of benzene in liquid form = ml Sol. We have
0.877 CO(g) + 2H2(g) CH3OH(g)
78 1 t = 0 0.15 mol
= × L = 244.58 L
0.877 1000 teq 0.15 mol – x ( n H 2 )0 – 2x x
And molar volume of benzene in vapour phse It is given that 0.08 mol of CH3OH is formed at
78 2750 equilibrium. Hence
= × L = 244.58 L
0.877 1000 n CH 3OH = x = 0.08 mol
Density of toluene = 0.867 g ml–1
and nCO = 0.15 mol – x = 0.07 mol
Molecular mass of toluene (C6H5CH3)
From the total pressure of 8.5 atm equilibrium, we
= 6 × 12 + 5 × 1 + 1 × 12 + 3 × 1 = 92
calculate the total amount of gases, i.e. CO, H2 and
∴ Molar volume of toluene in liquid form CH3OH at equilibrium.
92 92 1 pV (0.08 mol / 2.5L)
= ml = × L ntotal = =
0.867 0.867 1000 RT (0.082 atm L K –1mol −1 )(705 K )
And molar volume of toluene in vapour phase
= 0.3676 mol
92 7720
= × L = 819.19 L Now, the amount of H2 at equilibrium is given as
0.867 1000 n H 2 = ntotal – nCO – n CH 3OH
Using the ideal gas equation,
PV = nRT = (0.367 – 0.07 – 0.08) mol = 0.2176 mol

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 9 MAY 2011

 [CH 3OH] CH3 – CH – CH3 Isopropyl alcohol
Hence, KC = 2
[CO][H 2 ] OH
(8.5 atm)(2.5 L) The oxidation of alcohol B with NaOCl will give a
=
(0.07 mol / 2.5 L )(0.2176mol / 2.5L) 2 ketone which further undergoes a haloform reaction.
= 150.85 (mol L–1)–2 CH3 – CH – CH3 + NaOCl
Now Kp = Kc(RT)∆vg OH CH3 – C – CH3 + NaCl + H2O
= (150.85 mol–2L2){(0.082 L atm K–1 mol–1)(705 K)}–2
= 0.04513 atm–2 O
Since n H 2 = ( n H 2 )0 – 2x, we have CH3 – C – CH3 + 3NaOCl
( n H 2 )0 = n H 2 + 2x = (0.2176 + 2 × 0.08)mol O CH3 – C – CCl3 + 3NaOH
= 0.3776 mol
O
Total amount of CO and H2 in the reacting system
CH3 – C – CCl3 + NaOH
before the reaction sets in is given as
n0 = (nCO)0 + ( n H 2 )0 O
CH3 – C – O–Na+ + CHCl3
= (0.15 + 0.3776)mol = 0.5276 mol
n RT O
Hence, p0 = 0 The acidification of sodium acetate will produce
V
−1 −1
acetic acid.
(0.5276mol)(0.082L atm K mol )(705 K )
=
(2.5 L)
9. (a) Write the chemical reaction associated with the
= 12.20 atm "brown ring test".
(b) Draw the structures of [Co(NH3)6]3+, [Ni(CN)4]2–
8. An ester A(C4H8O2), on treatment with excess methyl
and [Ni(CO)4]. Write the hybridization of atomic
magnesium chloride followed by acidification, gives
orbital of the transition metal in each case.
an alcohol B as the sole organic product. Alcohol B,
on oxidation with NaOCl followed by acidification, (c) An aqueous blue coloured solution of a transition
gives acetic acid. Deduce the structures of A and B. metal sulphate reacts with H2S in acidic medium to
Show the reactions involved. [IIT-1998] give a black precipitate A, which is insoluble in
Sol. The reactions of an ester with methyl magnesium warm aqueous solution of KOH. The blue solution on
chloride are as follows. treatment with KI in weakly acidic medium, turns
O OMgCl O yellow and produces a white precipitate B. Identify
the transition metal ion. Write the chemical reaction
H+
R–C–OR´ CH3MgCl R–C–OR´ R–C–CH3 + R´OH involved in the formation of A and B. [IIT-2000]
–HOMgCl
(A) CH3 CH3MgCl Sol. (a) NaNO3 + H2SO4 → NaHSO4 + HNO3
2HNO3 + 6FeSO4 + 3H2SO4 →
OH OMgCl
3Fe2(SO4)3 + 2NO + 4H2O
H+
R–C–CH3 R–C–CH3 [Fe(H2O)6]SO4.H2O + NO
–HOMgCl
CH3 CH3 Ferrous Sulphate
(B) → [Fe(H2O)5NO] SO4 + 2H2O
Since the given ester (C4H8O2) produces only one (Brown ring)
alcohol B, it follows that RC(CH3)2OH and R´OH (b) In [Co(NH3)6] cobalt is present as Co3+ and its
3+

must be identical. Thus, the alkyl group R´ must be coordination number is six.
RC(CH3)2 – and the given ester A is Co27 = 1s1, 2s22p6, 3s23p63d7, 4s2
O CH3 Co3+ion = 1s2, 2s22p6, 3s23p63d6
R – C – O – C – CH3 (molecular formula R2C4H6O2 ) 3d 4s 4p
Hence
R
From the molecular formula of A, we conclude that R
must be H atom. Hence, the given ester is 3d 4s 4p
3+
O Co ion in
Complex ion
H – C – O – CH – CH3 Isopropyl formate
d2sp3 hybridization
CH3
The alcohol B is a secondary alcohol.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 10 MAY 2011

 NH3 3+ NH3 corresponds to 112 ml at STP. After the evolution of
H3N NH3 H3N NH3 the gas was complete, the aqueous solution was
distilled to give an organic liquid which did not
Co or contain nitrogen and which on warming with alkali
Co3+ and iodine gave yellow precipitate. Identify the
original substance. Assume it contains one N-atom
H 3N NH3 per molecule. [IIT-1993]
NH3 H3N NH3 Sol. Clue 1. Nitrogen compound gave foul smelling gas
NH3
when treated with CHCl3 and alc. KOH (carbylamine
reaction), thus it is a primary amine.
In [Ni(CN)42– nickel is present as Ni2+ ion and its
Clue 2. This compound when treated with HCl +
coordination numbers is four
NaNO2 solution (nitrous acid test) at 0ºC liberates
Ni28 =1s2, 2s22p6, 3s23p63d8, 4s2
colourless and odourless gas.
Ni2+ ion = 1s2, 2s22p6, 3s23p63d8 + NaNO 2
3d 4s 4p CnH2n+1NH2 HCl
   → ROH + N 2 ↑
Alcohol Nitrogen
Ni2+ ion =
At STP,
112 ml of N2 is evolved from = 0.295 g CnH2n+1NH2
3d 4s 4p
2+
Ni ion in ∴ 22400 ml of N2 is evolved from
Complex ion 0.295 × 22400
= = 59 g CnH2n+1NH2
dsp2 hybridization 112
Hence structure of [Ni(CN)4]2– is ∴ CnH2n+1NH2 = 59
N≡C C≡N or n × C + (2n + 1) × H + N + 2 × H = 59
2+
or 12n + 2n + 1 + 14 + 2 × 1 = 59
Ni 42
or n = =3
N≡C C≡N 14
Thus the molecular formula of nitrogen compound is
In [Ni(CO)4, nickel is present as Ni atom i.e. its
C3H7NH2.
oxidation number is zero and coordination number is
Clue 3. Alcohol obtained gives iodoform test
four.
positive, thus it is a secondary alcohol and its
3d 4s 4p
Ni in structure should be
Complex CH3CHCH3

OH
sp3 hybridization
2-propanol
Its structure is as follows : and hence the structure of (A) should be
CH3CHCH3
CO
NH2
Propan-2-amine
Ni
OC CO
MATHEMATICS
CO
(c) The transition metal is Cu2+. The compound is 11. With ususal notation, if in a triangle ABC
CuSO4.5H2O b+c c+a a+b
= = , then prove that
CuSO4 + H2S Acidic
 medium

→ CuS ↓ + H2SO4 11 12 13
Black ppt cos A cos B cos C
= = . [IIT-1984]
2CuSO4 + 4KI → Cu2I2 + I2 + 2K2SO4 7 19 25
(B) white b+c c+a a+b
I2 + I– → I3– (yellow solution) Sol. Let = = =λ
11 12 13
10. A basic volatile, nitrogen compound gave a foul ⇒ (b + c) = 11λ, c + a = 12λ, a + b = 13λ
smelling gas when treated with CHCl3 and alcoholic ⇒ 2(a + b + c) = 36λ or a + b + c = 18λ
KOH. A 0.295 g sample of the substance dissolved in Now, b + c = 11λ and a + b + c = 18λ ⇒ a = 7λ
aqueous HCl and treated with NaNO2 solution at 0ºC c + a = 12λ and a + b + c = 18λ ⇒ b = 6λ
liberated a colourless; odourless gas whose volume a + b = 13λ and a + b + c = 18λ ⇒ c = 5λ

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 11 MAY 2011

 b2 + c2 − a2 Now, a02 – a12 – a32 + ... + a2n2 = coefficient of the
∴ cos A = term independent of x in
2bc
36λ2 + 25λ2 − 49λ2  a a a 
1 [a0 + a1x + a2x2 + ... + a2nx2n] a0 − 1 + 22 − ... + 22nn 
= =  x x x 
2(30)λ2 5
= coefficient of the term independent of x in
a2 + c2 − b2
cos B = n
2ac 2 n
1 1 
(1 + x + x ) 1 − + 2 
25λ2 + 49λ2 − 36λ2 19  x x 
= = n
70λ2 35  1 1 
But R.H.S. = (1 + x + x2)n 1 − + 2 
a 2 + b2 − c2  x x 
cos C =
2ab
(1 + x + x 2 ) n ( x 2 − x + 1) n [( x 2 + 1) 2 − x 2 ]n
2
49λ + 36λ − 25λ 2
5 2 = =
= = x 2n x 2n
2
84λ 7
(1 + 2 x 2 + x 4 − x 2 ) n (1 + x 2 + x 4 ) n
1 19 5 = =
∴ cos A : cos B : cos C = : : = 7 : 19 : 25 x 2n x 2n
5 35 7
Thus, a02 – a12 + a22 + ....a2n2
12. Complex numbers z1, z2, z3 are the vertices A, B, C
respectively of an isosceles right angled triangle with = coefficient of the term independent of x in
right angle at C. show that 1
(1 + x2 + x4)n
(z1 – z2)2 = 2(z1 – z3) (z3 – z2) [IIT-1986] x 2n
Sol. Since ∆ is right angled isosceles ∆. = coefficient of x2n in (1 + x2 + x4)n
∴ Rotating z2 about z3 in anticlock wise direction = coefficient of tn in (1 + t + t2)n = an
through an angle of π/2, we get
A(z1)
14. A rectangle PQRS has its side PQ parallel to the line
y = mx and vertices P, Q and S lie on the lines y = a,
x = b and x = –b, respectively. Find the locus of the
vertex R. [IIT-1996]
Sol. Let the coordinates of R be (h, k). It is given that P
lies on y = a. So, let the coordinates of P be (x1, a).
B(z3) C(z2) Since PQ is parallel to the line y = mx. Therefore,
z 2 − z3 |z −z | Slope of PQ = (Slope of y = mx) = m
= 2 3 eiπ/2
z1 − z 3 | z1 − z3 | 1
And, Slope of PS = –
where, |z2 – z3| = |z1 – z3| ⇒ (z2 – z3) = i(z1 – z3) (Slope of y = mx)
squarring both sides we get, 1
(z2 – z3)2 = – (z1 – z2)2 =– [∴ PS ⊥ PQ]
m
⇒ z 22 + z 32 – 2z2z3 = –z12 – z32 + 2z1z3 Now, equation of PQ is
⇒ z12 + z 22 – 2z1z2 = 2z1z3 + 2z2z3 – 2 z 32 – 2z1z2 y – a = m(x – x1) ...(i)
2
⇒ (z1 – z2) = 2{(z1z3 – z 32 ) + (z2z3 – z1z2)} y
2 (0, a) y=0
⇒ (z1 – z2) = 2(z1 – z3)(z3 – z2)
x = –b P x=b
13. Let n be a positive integer and
(1 + x + x2)n = a0 + a1x + .... + a2nx2n Q
Show that a02 – a12 + .... + a2n2 = an [IIT-1994]
x´ S x
Sol. (1 + x + x2)n = a0 + a1x + ... + a2nx2n ...(1)
(0, – b) O (0, b)
1
Replacing x by – , we obtain
x
R
n
 1 1  a a a a
1 − + 2  = a0 – 1 + 22 – 33 + ... + 22nn
 x x  x x x x y´
...(2)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 12 MAY 2011

 It is given that Q lies on x = b. So, Q is the point of h(m 2 − 1) b(m 2 + 1)
intersection if (i) and x = b. ⇒ (k – a) – – =0
m m
Putting x = b in (i), we get
⇒ m(k – a) – h(m2 – 1) – b(m2 + 1) = 0
y = a + m(b – x1)
Hence, the locus of R(h, k) is
So, coordinates of Q are (b, a + m(b – x1)).
m(y – a) – x(m2 – 1) – b(m2 + 1) = 0
1
Since PS passes through P(x1, a) and has slope – .
m 15. Let f [(x + y)/2] = {f (x) + f (y)} / 2 for all real x and y,
So, Equation of PS is If f ´(0) exists and equals –1 and f (0) = 1, find f (2).
1 [IIT- 1995]
y–a=– (x – x1) ...(ii)
m  x+ y f ( x) + f ( y)
Sol. f   = ∀ x, y ∈ R (given)
It is given that S lies on x = – b. So, S is the point of  2  2
intersection of (ii) and x = –b. Putting y = 0, we get
Solving (ii) and x = – b, we get x f ( x ) + f (0 ) 1
f   = = [1 + f (x)] [Q f (0) = 1]
1 2
  2 2
y=a+ (b + x1)
m ⇒ 2f (x/2) = f (x) + 1
 1  ⇒ f (x) = 2f (x/2) – 1 ∀x, y ∈ R ...(1)
So, coordinates of S are  − b, a + (b + x1 ) 
 m  Since f´(0) = –1, we get
1 f (0 + h) − f (0) f ( h) − 1
k −a− (b + x1 ) lim = – 1 ⇒ lim = –1
m h →0 h h →0 h
Now, Slope of RS = =m
h+b Now, let x ∈ R then applying formula of
But RS is parallel to PQ. differentiability.

1  2 x + 2h 
k −a− (b + x1 ) f  − f ( x)
f ( x + h) − f ( x) 2 
∴ m =m f ´(x) = lim = lim 
h+b h →0 h h →0 h
⇒ b + x1 = m(k – a) – m2(h + b) ...(iii) f ( 2 x ) + f ( 2h)
− f ( x)
Similarly, = lim 2
h →0 h
k − a − m(b − x1 )
Slope of RQ = 1   2x   2h  
h−b 2 f   − 1 + 2 f   − 1 − f ( x )
2  2   2  
But, RQ is perpendicular to PQ whose slope is m. = lim
h →0 h
k − a − m(b − x1 ) 1 [Using equations (1)
∴ =–
h−b m 1
1 1 {2 f ( x) − 1 + 2 f (h) − 1} − f ( x)
⇒ b – x1 = (k – a) + 2 (h – a) ...(iv) = lim 2
m m h →0 h
We have only one variable x1. To eliminate x1, add f ( x ) + f ( h) − 1 − f ( x )
= lim
(iii) and (iv) to obtain h →0 h
 1 1 f ( h) − 1
2b = (k – a)  m +  – m2(h + b) + 2 (h – b) = lim = –1
 m m h →0 h
Therefore f ´(x) = – 1 ∀ x ∈ R
 m2 +1   4   4 
⇒ 2b = (k – a)   – h  m +1 – b  m +1
 m 
  2 
 m 
 2 
 m 
⇒ ∫ f ´(x) dx = ∫ − 1 dx
 m 2 + 1  h(m 2 − 1)(m 2 + 1) ⇒ f (x) = –x + k where k is a constant.
⇒ (k – a)  –
 But f (0) = 1, therefore f (0) = – 0 + k
 m  m2
⇒ f (x) = 1 – x ∀ x ∈ R ⇒ f (2) = – 1
2 2
b(m + 1)
– =0
m2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 13 MAY 2011

 Physics Challenging Problems
Set # 1

This section is designed to give IIT JEE aspirants a thorough grinding & exposure to variety
of possible twists and turns of problems in physics that would be very helpful in facing IIT
JEE. Each and every problem is well thought of in order to strengthen the concepts and we
hope that this section would prove a rich resource for practicing challenging problems and
enhancing the preparation level of IIT JEE aspirants.
By : Dev Sharma
So lutions ava ilab le in nex t issue Director Academics, Jodhpur Branch

1. A thin rod of length 2L is placed horizontally in a L2

down ward uniform electric field E. Half of length
is charged positively and other half with linear
charge density λ . The rod of is hinged at its middle
point and free to rotate in vertical plane, A weight w L3 L1
is hanged at a distance x from hinge to keep it
horizontal. The value of x is
E
λ R
λ
––––––+++++++
O
V
w 3. Find current through L1 will be
x V L2
(A)
2L R L1 + L 2 + L 3
w EλL2 V L1
(A) (B) (B)
λE 2w R L1 + L 2 + L 3
EλL2 2EλL2 V L3
(C) (D) (C)
w w R L1 + L 2 + L 3
(D)Can’t be determined
2. S is a cross section of a solenoid where magnetic 4. Time constant of the circuit is :
fields is increasing at a constant positive rate. V1 and 1
V2 are two ideal voltmeters, then V1/V2 is L + L 2 + L3 R
(A) 1 (B)
R  1 1 
 
L + L +L 
 3 1 2 
× ×× × 1
V1 1Ω × ×× × 2Ω V2 (C) (D) None of these
×× ×
 1 1 
S R  + 

 L 2 L1 + L 3 
(A) 1 (B) 0.5 Passage # 2 (Q. No. 5 to Q. No. 6)
(C) 2 (D) 0.25 Hydrogen gas in the atomic state is excited to a
energy level such that the electrostatic potential
Passage # 1 (Q. No. 3 to Q. No. 4) energy of H-atom becomes -1.7eV. Now a
In the given circuits three inductors L1, L2 and L3 photoelectric plate having work function W = 2.3eV
and a resistance R are connected to a V volt battery is exposed to the emission spectra of this gas.
neglecting mutual inductance. At t = 0 switch is Assuming all transitions to be possible. Answer the
closed and L3 > L2 > L1. following questions.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 14 MAY 2011

5. How many electric transition may result in an
ejected photoelectron Black Holes-The Most Efficient
(A) 3 (B) 4 Engines in the Universe
(C) 5 (D) 2
The scientists have just found the most energy-
6. The minimum de-broglie wavelength of the ejected efficient engines in the universe. Black holes,
photo electrons is whirling super dense centres of galaxies that suck in
(A) 13.43Å (B) 3.43 Å nearly everything. Jets of energy spurting out of
(C) 2Å (D) None of these older ultra-efficient black holes also seem to be
playing a crucial role as zoning police in large
Passage # 3(Q. No. 7 to Q. No. 8)
A charged dielectric sphere of negligible mass is galaxies preventing to many stars from sprouting.
connected to a conducting square shaped loop of This explains why there are fewer burgeoning
total resistance R and side ' l' , by means of a light galaxies chock full of stars than previously
non conducting thread, which passes over two fixed expected.
pulleys as shown in the figure. The sphere carries a For the first time, the scientists have measured both
charge q and kept in uniform downward electric the mas of hot gas that is being sucked into nine
field E. The loop has mass ‘m’ (m < qE) and kept in older black holes and the unseen super speedy jets
a horizontal magnetic field B as shown. Answer the
of high energy particles split out, which essentially
following.
form a cosmic engine. Then they determined a rate
qE
Take g = 10m / s 2 , = 20m / s 2 and of how efficient these older black hole engines are
m and were awe-struck. These black holes are 25
B2l 2 times more efficient than anything man has built,
= 2N − s / m 2
mR with nuclear power being the most efficient of man-
made efforts, said the research's lead author,
Professor Steve Allen of Stanford University.
The galaxies in which these black holes live are
bigger than the Milky way, which is the Earth's
galaxy and are 50 million to 400 million light-years
E away.
× B× × × × ×
q
× × × × × ×
× × × × × ×
× × × × × ×

7. Choose the incorrect (wrong) statements

(A) The initial acceleration of loop is 10m/s2
(B) Loop’s one edge leaves magnetic field after 0.5
sec, its acceleration drops to zero
(C) The magnetic force on loop is acting upwards
(D) When loop is completely off the magnetic field
its acceleration is 10m/s2
Black holes are the most fuel-efficient engines in
8. If after 2 sec, one sides of the loop emerges from the the universe.
magnetic field, the speed of the loop as a function of
time is The results were surprising because the types of
(A) 5[1 + e −2 t ] (B) 5[1 + e − ( 2 t − 4) ] black holes studied were older, less powerful and
generally considered boring, scientists said. But
(C) 5[1 − e −2 t ] (D) None of these they ended up being more efficient than originally
thought, possibly as efficient as their younger,
brighter and more potent black hole siblings called
quasars. One way the scientists measured the
efficiency of black holes was by looking at the jets
of high energy spewed out.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 15 MAY 2011

 Students' Forum
Expert’s Solution for Question asked by IIT-JEE Aspirants
PHYSICS
1. Two circular rings A and B, each of radius a = 30 cm 1
are placed coaxially with their axes horizontal in a But mv 2 = U1 – U2
2
uniform electric field E = 105 NC–1 directed vertically
upwards as shown in figure. Distance between ∴ v = 6 2 ms–1
centres of these rings A and B is h = 40 cm. Ring A
has a positive charge q1 = 10 µC while ring B has a 2. Two thin similar convex glass pieces are joined
negative charge of magnitude q2 = 20 µC. A particle together, front to front, with rear portion silvered and
of mass m = 100 gm and carrying a positive charge the combination of glass pieces is placed at a distance
q = 10 µC is released from rest at the centre of the a = 60 cm from a screen. A point object is placed on
ring A. Calculate its velocity when it has moved a optical axis of the combination such that its m = 2
distance of 40 cm. times the magnified image formed on the screen. If
B E A air between the glass pieces is replaced by water (µ =
4/3), calculate the distance through which the object
must be displaced so that a sharp image is again
a a formed on the screen.
Sol. A thin convex glass piece has both the surfaces
equally curved, therefore, it works as a glass plate.
h When two thin similar convex glass pieces are joined
Sol. Weight of the particle is W = mg = 1 newton front to front, though they form shape of an equi-
Force on particle, due to electric field E is F = qE = 1 convex lens as shown in figure(1), but its optical
newton (upwards) power is zero because medium inside this lens is air.
It means weight of the particle is balanced by the
force F. Hence, net force on the particle is due to
charge on rings. Air
Since particle is at centre of ring A therefore initially
no force is exerted due to charge of this ring. But ring
B is negatively charged. Therefore particle
experiences a resultant force towards centre of ring Fig. (1)
B. When its rear surface is silvered, it works as a
Separation between centres of rings is h = 40 cm and concave mirror. This concave mirror has focal length
distance moved the particle is also 40 cm. It means fm = – r/2 where r is the radius of curvature of each
velocity of particle is to be calculated when it reaches glass piece. Since, this concave mirror forms an
the centre of ring B. image on screen, therefore the image is real. Hence
According to law of conservation of energy, kinetic screen and object both are on same side of the mirror
as shown figure (2).
1 
energy  mv 2  of particle at centre of B = Loss of
2 
its electrical potential energy. Potential energy of Air
particle at centre of A is
Object
1 qq1 1 q(– q 2 )
U 1 = U0 + + Screen
4πε 0 a 4πε 0 a 2 + h 2 a
Where U0 is potential energy due to electric field E. Fig. (2)
Potential energy at centre of B is Since, image is m = 2 times magnified, therefore,
1 qq1 1 q(– q 2 ) distance of object from the mirror is equal to
U 2 = U0 + + .
4πε 0 a + h
2 2 4πε 0 a a/m = 30 cm

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 16 MAY 2011

 for this mirror, ml 2
v = –a = – 60 cm, u = – 30 cm, Moment of inertia of rod about O is I =
3
Using mirror formula,
1 1 1 Let angular velocity or rod be ω when it becomes
+ = , fm = – 20 cm or r = 40 vertical. According to law of conservation energy,
v u f
when water is filled in space between glass pieces, an 1 2 l 3g
Iω = mg or ω= = 40 rad/sec
equi-convex lens of water is formed whose one 2 2 l
surface is silvered. This silvered convex glass may be
Now the rod gets broken at its mid point as shown in
assumed as a combination of a convex lens and a
figure (2). At this instant velocity of centre of lower
concave mirror. Effective focal length of the
3l
1 1 2 part is v0 = ω (horizontally leftwards) and its
combination is given by = – where fl is 4
F fm fl
angular velocity is ω (clockwise).
focal length of the equiconvex lens of water.
For the equiconvex lens, R1+ r , R2 = – r, µ = 4/3 ω
1  1 1 
Using, = (µ–1)  –  , f = f1 = 60 cm
f  R1 R 2 
Hence, effective focal length F is given by v0 ω
1 1 2
= –
F (–20) 60
Fig. (2)
or F = – 12 cm
Now this part moves freely under gravity. Therefore,
since, a sharp image is again formed on the screen
its angular velocity ω remains constant. This part
therefore, fore this effective mirror,
again becomes vertical for the first time after
F = – 12 cm, v = – a = – 60 cm, u = ? completing half rotation. Therefore, time taken by the
1 1 1 π π
Using, mirror formula, = + , u = – 15 cm lower part during this rotation is t = = sec.
F v u ω 40
Initially the object was at a distance (–a/2) = – 30 cm During this time. horizontal displacement centre of
from the mirror but now object must be at a distance
3πl
(–15 cm). Hence, the object must be moved through lower part is x = v0t = = 1.77 m
[– 15 – (– 30)] cm = 15 cm towards the mirror 4
(combination). 1 2
and vertical displacement = gt = 1.23 m
3. A uniform rod of length l = 75 cm is hinged at one of 2
its ends and is free to rotate in vertical plane. It is a But initial depth of centre of lower part from hinge
released from rest when the rod is horizontal. When 3l
rod becomes vertical, it is broken at mid point and was , therefore vertical depth of its centre from O
4
lower part now moves freely. Calculate distance of
 3l 1 
the centre of lower part from hinge, when it again at this instant is y =  + gt 2  = 1.80 m.
becomes vertical for the first time. (g = 10 ms–2 )  4 2 
Sol. When rod is released, it rotates about upper end its Hence, distance of its centre from O is
gravitational potential energy converts into rotational
kinetic energy. Initially centre of mass of the rod is in r= x 2 + y 2 = 2.52 m
level of O while its depth from O is l/2 when rod
becomes vertical as shown in figure. (1). If mass of 4. Length of a horizontal arm of a U-tube is l = 21 cm
rod is m, then loss of gravitational potential and ends of both of the vertical arms are open to
l surroundings of pressure 10500 Nm–2. A liquid of
energy = mg .
2 density ρ = 103 kg m–3 is poured into the tube such
O that liquid just fills horizontal part of the tube. Now,
one of the open ends is sealed and the tube is then
rotated about a vertical axis passing through the other
vertical arm with angular velocity ω0 = 10
radians/sec. If length of each vertical arm be a = 6
cm. calculate the length of air column in the sealed
arm.
Fig. (1)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 17 MAY 2011

 Q1 = 1200 J
Engine
Q2 Q3
A B C

a = 6 cm
T1 = 400 K T2 = 300 K T3 = 200 K
T1 = 400 K, T2 = 300 K and T3 = 200K, respectively.
l = 21 cm During an integral number of complete cycles, the
engine absorbs Q1 = 1200 joule of heat energy from
Sol. When tube is rotated, liquid starts to flow radially reservoir A and performs W = 200 joule of
outward and air in sealed arm is compressed. Let the mechanical work. Calculate quantities Q1 and Q2 of
shift of liquid be x as shown in figure. heat energy exchanged with the other two reservoirs
B and C respectively. State whether the reservoirs
absorb or lose heat energy.
Sol. Given engine can be assumed to work in two ways ;
a–x (i) engine working between a source of temperature
T1 and sink of temperature T2 and
(ii) an engine working between source of temperature
A x T1 and sink of temperature T3. Hence, efficiency of
B these two is
x (l – x) T – T2 1 T – T3 1
η1 = 1 = and η2 = 1 = respectively
T1 4 T1 4
Let cross-sectional area of tube be S.
Initial volume of air, V0 = Sa and initial pressure If an engine having efficiency η absorbs heat Q from
P0 = 10500 Nm–2 source then heat energy converted into mechanical
Final volume, V = S(a – x) work by the engine will be equal to ηQ and
PV P .a. remaining part (Q – ηQ) = (1 – η)Q should be
∴ Final pressure P = 0 0 = 0 rejected to the sink.
V (a – x )
Since, heat rejected to sink by first engine, having
P0 a efficiency η1, is Q2, therefore, heat absorbed by it
or Pressure at B, P2 = P + xρg = + xρg
(a – x ) Q2 4Q 2
from source is equal to =
Centripetal force required for circular motion of (1 – η1 ) 3
vertical column of height x of liquid is provided by and work done by this engine is
reaction of the tube while that to horizontal length
Q 2 η1 Q
(l – x) is provided by excess pressure at B. W1 = = 2
Force exerted by pressure difference is (1 – η1 ) 3
 Px  Similarly, theat absorbed by the other engine from
F1 = (PB – PA) S = (P2 – P0) S =  0 + xρg S Q3
 ( a – x )  source is equal to = 2Q3
(1 – η2 )
Mass of horizontal arm AB of liquid is,
m = S (l – x)ρ Q 3 .η 2
and work done by this engine is W2 = = Q3
Radius of circular path traced by its centre of mass is (1 – η2 )
l–x l+x But W1 + W2 = 200 J
r=x+ = 
2  2  1
∴ Q2 + Q3 = 200 J ...(1)
∴ Centripetal force, F2 = mω02r 3
Total heat extracted from source A is
l + x  2
But F2 = F1 or {S ρ (l – x)}  ω0 4  4 
 2  Q1 =  Q 2 + 2Q 3  or  Q 2 + 2Q 3  = 1200 J
 3   3 
 Px 
=  0 + xρg S ...(2)
 ( a – x )  Solving equation (1) and (2),
or x = .01 m = 1cm Q2 = 1200 J and Q3 = – 200 J
∴ Length of air column in sealed arm = (a – x)= 5cm It means reservoir B absorbs 1200 J of heat and
reservoir C loses 200 J of heat.
5. A reversible Carnot engine is coupled with three heat In fact engine works as an engine between reservoirs
reservoirs A,B and C as shown in Figure. A and B and as heat pump between reservoirs B and
Temperature of these reservoirs is C.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 18 MAY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 19 MAY 2011
 P HYSICS F UNDAMENTAL F OR IIT-J EE

Electrostatics-I
KEY CONCEPTS & PROBLEM SOLVING STRATEGY

• Coulomb's Law : The unit of electric field is Newton per coulomb or

1 q1q 2 volt per metre. The electric field strength at a
F0 = (in vacuum) distance r from a point charge q in a medium of
4πε 0 r 2
permittivity ε is given by
→ 1 q1q 2
Vectorially F = r̂ 1 q
4πε 0 r 2 E=
4πε r 2
1 q1q 2 → 1 q
In any material medium F = Vectorially E = r̂
4πε 0 ε r r 2 4πε r 2
where εr is a constant of the material medium called With reference to any origin
its relative permittivity, and ε0 is a universal constant, → →
→ q R− r
called the permittivity of free space.
E=
1 4πε → → 3
ε0 = 8.85 × 10–12 or = 9 × 109 R− r
4πε 0
The unit of ε0 is C2N m–2 or farad per metre. →
1 q1q 2 Where R is the position vector of the field point and
Also F = →
4πε 0 ε r r 2 r , the position vector of q.
Where ε is called the absolute permittivity of the Due to a number of discrete charges
medium. → →
i= N
Obviously, εr = F0/F. Remember εr = ∞ for → q1 R − ri
conductors.
E= ∑
i =1
4πε → → 3
Conductors and insulators Each body contains R − ri
enormous amounts of equal and opposite charges. A
'charged' body contains an excess of either positive or Electric Potential The electric potential at a point is
negative charge. the work done by an external agent in bringing a unit
In a conductor, some of the negative charges are free positive charge from infinity up to that point along
to move around. In an insulator (also called a any arbitrary path.
dielectric), the charges cannot move. They can only ∆W∞ →P (by an external agent )
undergto small localized displacements, causing VP = volt(V) or JC–1
∆q
polarization.
Induction When a charged body A is brought near The potential difference between two points P and Q
another body B, unlike charges are induced on the is given by
near surface of B (called bound charges) and like ∆WQ→P (by agent )
charges appear on the far surface of B (called free VP – VQ = volt (V)
∆q
charges) If B is a conductor, the free charges can be
removed by earthing B, e.g., by touching it. If B is an The potential at a distance r from a point charge q in
insulator, separation of like and unlike charges will a medium of permittivity ε is
still occur due to induction. However, the like 1 q 1 q
ϕ or V = =
charges cannot then be removed by earthing B. 4πε r 4πε → →
• Electric Field And Potential R− r
Electric Field An electric field of strength E is said
to exist at a point if a test charge ∆q at that point with reference to any arbitrary origin.
experiences a force given by Due to a number of charges
→ i= N
1 q1
→
∆ F = ∆q F
→
or
→
E=
∆F ϕ or V = ∑ 4πε → →
∆q i =1 R − ri

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 20 MAY 2011

 In a conductor, all points have the same potential. Problems in electrostatics can be greatly simplified
If charge q (coulomb) is placed at a point where the by the use of Gaussian surfaces. These are imaginary
potential is V (volt), the potential energy of the surfaces in which the electric intensity is either
system is qV (joule). It follows that if charges q1, q2 parallel to or perpendicular to the surface every-
are separated by distance r, the mutual potential where. There are no restrictions in constructing a
qq Gaussian surface.
energy of the system is 1 2 . The following results follow from Gauss's law
4πεr
1. In a charged conductor, the entire charge resides
• Relation Between Field (E) And Potential (V)
only on the outer surface. (It must always be
The negative of the rate of change of potential along remembered that the electric field is zero inside a
a given direction is equal to the component of the conductor.)
field that direction.
2. Near a large plane conductor with a charge
∂V density σ (i.e., charge per unit area), the electric
Er = – along r
∂r intensity is
∂V E = σ/ε0 along the normal to the plane
and E⊥ = perpendicular to r
r∂θ 3. Near an infinite plane sheet of charge with a
When two points have different potentials, an electric charge density σ, the electric intensity is
field will exist between them, directed from the E = σ/2ε0 along the normal to the plane
higher to the lower potential. 4. The electric intensity at a distance r from the axis
• Lines of Force of a long cylinder with λ charge per unit length
A line of force in an electric field is such a curve that (called the linear density of charge), is
the tangent to it at any point gives the direction of the 1 λ →
E= along r
field at that point. Lines of force cannot intersect 2πε 0 r
each other because it is physically impossible for an
Problem solving strategy: Coulomb's Law :
electric field to have two directions simultaneously.
Step 1 : The relevant concepts : Coulomb's law
• Equipotential Surfaces comes into play whenever you need to know the
The locus of points of equal potential is called an electric force acting between charged particles.
equipotential surface. Equipotential surfaces lie at Step 2 : The problem using the following steps :
right angles to the electric field. Like lines of force,
Make a drawing showing the locations of the
they can never intersect.
charged particles and label each particle with its
Note: For solving problems involving electrostatic charge. This step is particularly important if more
units, remember the following conversion factors: than two charged particles are present.
3 × 109 esu of charge = 1 C If three or more charges are present and they do
1 esu of potential = 300 V not all lie on the same line, set up an xy-
• Electric Flux coordinate system.
The electric flux over a surface is the product of its Often you will need to find the electric force on
surface area and the normal component of the electric just one particle. If so, identify that particle.
field strength on that surface. Thus, Step 3 : The solution as follows :
→ →
For each particle that exerts a force on the particle
dϕ = (E cos θ) ds = En ds = E . ds
of interest, calculate the magnitude of that force
E
ds 1 | q1q 2 |
using equation F =
N 4πε 0 r 2
O
Sketch the electric force vectors acting on the
The total electric flux over a surface is obtained by particle(s) of interest due to each of the other
summing : particles (that is, make a free-body diagram).
→ → → →
Remember that the force exerted by particle 1 on
ϕE = ∑ E .∆ s or ∫ E .d s particle 2 points from particle 2 toward particle 1
if the two charges have opposite signs, but points
Gauss's Theorem The total electric flux across a from particle 2 directly away from particle 1 if the
1 charges have the same sign.
closed surface is equal to times the total charge
ε0 Calculate the total electric force on the particle(s)
inside the surface. of interest. Remember that the electric force, like
→ →
any force, is a vector. When the forces acting on a
Mathematically ∑ E .∆ s = q/ε0 charge are caused by two or more other charges,
the total force on the charge is the vector sum of
where q is the total charge enclosed by the surface.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 21 MAY 2011

 the indivual forces. It's often helpful to use
components in an xy-coordinate system. Be sure
to use correct vector notation; if a symbol
represents a vector quantity, put an arrow over it.
If you get sloppy with your notation, you will also
get sloppy with your thinking.
As always, using consistent units is essential.
With the value of k = 1/4πε0 given above,
distances must be in meters, charge in coulombs,
and force in newtons. If you are given distance in
centimeters, inches, or furlongs, donot forget to
convert ! When a charge is given in
microcoulombs (µC) or nanocoulombs (nC),
remember that 1µC = 10–6C and 1nC = 10–9C.
Some example and problems in this and later
chapters involve a continuous distribution of
charge along a line or over a surface. In these
cases the vector sum described in Step 3 becomes
a vector integral, usually carried out by use of
components. We divide the total charge
distribution into infinitesimal pieces, use
Coulomb's law for each piece, and then integrate
to find the vector sum. Sometimes this process
can be done without explicit use of integration.
In many situations the charge distribution will be
symmetrical. For example, you might be asked to
find the force on a charge Q in the presence of
two other identical charges q, one above and to
the left of Q and the other below and to the left of
Q. If the distance from Q to each of the other
charges are the same, the force on Q from each
charge has the same magnitude; if each force
vector makes the same angle with the horizontal
axis, adding these vectors to find the net force is
particularly easy. Whenever possible, exploit any
symmetries to simplify the problem-solving
process.
Step 4 : your answer : Check whether your numerical
results are reasonable, and confirm that the like
charges repel opposite charges attract.
Problem solving strategy : Electric-field calculations
Step 1: the relevant concepts : Use the principle of
superposition whenever you need to calculate the
electric field due to a charge distribution (two or
more point charges, a distribution over a line, surface,
or volume or a combination of these).
Step 2: The problem using the following steps :
Make a drawing that clearly shows the locations
of the charges and your choice of coordinate axes.
On your drawing, indicate the position of the field
point (the point at which you want to calculate the
r distribution has spherical or cylindrical symmetry or
electric field E ). Sometimes the field point will
be at some arbitrary position along a line. For
r we determine the direction of E from the symmetry
example, you may be asked to find E at point on
the x-axis.
Step 3 : The solution as follows :
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
Be sure to use a consistent set of units. Distances
must be in meters and charge must be in
coulombs. If you are given centimeters or
nanocoulombs, do not forget to convert.
When adding up the electric fields caused by
different parts of the charge distribution,
remember that electric field is a vector, so you
must use vector addition. Don't simply add
together the magnitude of the individual fields:
the directions are important, too.
Take advantage of any symmetries in the charge
distribution. For example, if a positive charge and
a negative charge of equal magnitude are placed
symmetrically with respect to the field point, they
produce electric fields of the same magnitude but
with mirror-image directions. Exploiting these
symmetries will simplify your calculations.
Must often you will use components to compute
vector sums. Use proper vector notation;
distinguish carefully between scalars, vectors, and
components of vectors. Be certain the
components are consistent with your choice of
coordinate axes.
r
In working out the directions of E vectors, be
careful to distinguish between the source point
and the field point. The field produced by a point
charge always points from source point to field
point if the charge is positive; it points in the
opposite direction if the charge is negative.
In some situations you will have a continuous
distribution of charge along a line, over a surface,
or through a volume. Then you must define a
small element of charge that can be considered as
a point, finds of all charge elements. Usually it is
r
easiest to do this for each component of E
separately, and often you will need to evaluate
one or more integrals. Make certain the limits on
your integrals are correct; especially when the
situation has symmetry, make sure you don't
count the charge twice.
r
Step 4 : your answer : Check that the direction of E
is reason able. If your result for the electric-field
magnitude E is a function of position (say, the
coordinate x), check your result in any limits for
which you know what the magnitude should be.
When possible, check your answer by calculating it
in a different way.
Problem solving strategy : Gauss's Law
Step 1 : Identify the relevant concepts : Gauss's law
is most useful in situations where the charge
is distributed uniform over a plane. In these situations
r
of the charge distribution. If we are given the charge
distribution. we can use Gauss's law to find the the
r
magnitude of E . Alternatively, if we are given the
field, we can use Gauss's law to determine the details
22 MAY 2011
 of the charge distribution. In either case, begin your surface is not necessarily zero. In that case,
analysis by asking the question, "What is the however, the integral over the Gaussian surface –
symmetry ?" is always zero.
Step 2 : Set up the problem using the following steps Once you have evaluated the integral, use eq. to
Select the surface that you will use with Gauss's solve for your target variable.
law. We often call it a Gaussian surface. If you Step 4 : Evaluate your answer : Often your result will
are trying to find the field at a particular point, be a function that describes how the magnitude of the
then that point must lie on your Gaussian surface. electric field varies with position. Examine this function
The Gaussian surface does not have to be a real with a critical eye to see whether it make sense.
physical surface, such as a surface of a solid
body. Often the appropriate surface is an
imaginary geometric surface; it may be in empty Solved Examples
space, embedded in a solid body, or both.
Usually you can evaluate the integral in Gauss's
1. Supposing that the earth has a charge surface density
law (without using a computer) only if the
of 1 electron/metre2, calculate (i) earth's potential, (ii)
Gaussian surface and the charge distribution have
electric field just outside earths surface. The
some symmetry property. If the charge
electronic charge is – 1.6 × 10–19 coulomb and earth's
distribution has cylindrical or spherical
radius is 6.4×106 metre (ε0 = 8.9 × 10–12 coul2/nt–m2).
symmetry, choose the Gaussian surface to be a
coaxial cylinder or a concentric sphere, Sol. Let R and σ be the radius and charge surface density
respectively. of earth respectively. The total charge, q on the earth
Step 3 : Execute the solution as follows : surface is given by
Carry out the integral in Eq. q = 4 p R2 σ
r r Q (i) The potential V at a point on earth's surface is same
∫ ∫ ∫
ΦE = E cos φ dA = E dA = E.dA = encl
ε0
as if the entire charge q were concentrated at its
centre. Thus,
(various forms of Gauss's law) 1 q
This may look like a daunting task, but the V= .
4πε 0 R
symmetry of the charge distribution and your
careful choice of a Gaussian surface makes it 1 4πR 2 σ R.σ
= . =
straightforward. 4πε 0 R ε0
Often you can think of the closed surface as being
Substituting the given values
made up of several separate surfaces, such as the
(6.4 × 10 −6 metre) × (−1.6 × 10 −19 coul / metre 2 )
side and ends of a cylinder. The integral ∫ E dA V=
(8.9 × 10 −12 coul 2 / nt − m 2 )
over the entire closed surface is always equal to
the sum of the integrals over all the separate nt − m joule
= – 0.115 = – 0.115 = – 0.115 volt.
surfaces. Some of these integrals may be zero, as coul coul
in points 4 and 5 below. 1 q 1 4πR 2 σ σ
r (ii) E = = . =
If E is perpendicular (normal) at every point to a 4πε 0 R 2
4πε 0 R2 ε0
surface with area A, if points outward from the
interior of the surface, and if it equal to EA. If − 1.6 × 10 −19 coul / metre 2
r = −12 2 2
= – 1.8 × 10–8 nt/coul.
instead E is perpendicular and inward, then E⊥ = 8.9 × 10 coul / nt − m
The negative sign shows that E is radially inward.
∫
– E and E ⊥ dA = – EA.
r
If E is tangent to a surface at every point, then E⊥ 2. Determine the electric field strength vector if the
= 0 and the integral over that surface is zero. potential of this field depends on x, y co-ordinates as
r (a) V = a(x2 – y2) and (b) V = axy.
If E = 0 at every point on a surface, the integral
is zero. Sol. (a) V = a(x2 – y2)
∂V ∂V
In the integral ∫E ⊥ dA , E⊥ is always the Hence, Ex = –
∂x
= – 2ax, Ey = –
∂y
= + 2ay
perpendicular component of the total electric field ∴ E = – 2axi + 2ayj
at each point on the closed Gaussian surface. In
or E = – 2a(xi – yj)
general, this field may be caused partly by
charges within the surface and partly by charges (b) V = a x y
outside it. Even when there is no charge within
the surface, the field at points on the Gaussian

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 23 MAY 2011

 ∂V ∂V q q + 2q 3q
Hence, Ex = – = –ay, Ey = – = – ax Φ1 = and Φ2 = =
∂x ∂y ε0 ε0 ε0
∴ E = – ayi – axj Φ1 q / ε0 1
∴ = =
= – a[yi + xj] Φ 2 3q / ε 0 3
3. A charge Q is distributed over two concentric hollow (b) Let E be the electric field intensity on the surface of
spheres of radii r and R (> r) such the surface sphere S1 due to charge q placed inside the sphere.
densities are equal. Find the potential at the common When dielectric medium of dielectric constant K is
centre. introduced inside sphere S1, then electric field
q′ q intensity E′ is given by
E′ = E/K
Now the flux Φ′ through S1 becomes
O 1 q
r ∫
Φ′ = E ' .dS =
K ∫
E.dS =
Kε 0
q
R ∴ Φ′ =
5ε 0
Sol. Let q and q′ be the charges on inner and outer sphere.
Then 5. A charge of 4 × 10–8 C is distributed uniformly on the
q + q′ = Q …(1) surface of a sphere of radius 1 cm. It is covered by a
As the surface densities are equal, hence concentric, hollow conducting sphere of a radius
5 cm. (a) Find the electric field at a point 2 cm away
q q'
2
= from the centre. (b) A charge of 6 × 10–8 C is placed
4πr 4πR 2 on the hollow sphere. Find the surface charge density
(∴ Surface density = charge/area) on the outer surface of the hollow sphere.
∴ q R2 = q′ r2 …(2) Sol. (a) See fig. (a) Let P be a point where we have to
From eq. (1) q′ = (Q – q), hence calculate the electric field. We draw a Gaussian
q R2 = (Q – q)r2 surface (shown dotted) through point P. The flux
q(R2 + r2) = Q r2 through this surface is
q = 6 × 10–8 C
Q r2 QR2
∴ q= and q′ = Q – q =
R2 + r2 R2 + r2
Now potential at O is given by
1 q 1 q' 5cm P
V= +
4πε 0 r 4πε 0 r 2cm

1 Q r2 1 Q r2
= +
4πε 0 (R 2 + r 2 )r 4πε 0 (R 2 + r 2 )r Fig. (a) Fig. (b)
(r + R )
Q
∫ E.dS = E ∫ dS = 4π(2 ×10
−2 2
= Φ= ) E
4πε 0 (R 2 + r 2 )
According to Gauss's law, Φ = q/ε0
4. S1 and S2 are two parallel concentric spheres enclosing ∴ 4π × (2 × 10–2)2 E = q/ε0
charges q and 2q respectively as shown in fig.
q (9 × 10 9 ) × (4 × 10 −8 )
(a) What is the ratio of electric flux through S1 and S2 ? or E = −2 2
=
(b) How will the electric flux through the sphere S1 4πε 0 × (2 × 10 ) 4 × 10 − 4
change, if a medium of dielectric constant 5 is = 9 × 105 N/C
introduced in the space inside S1 in place of air ? (b) See fig. (b) We draw a Gaussian surface (shown
dotted) through the material of hollow sphere. We
2q know that the electric field in a conducting material is
zero, therefore the flux through this Gaussian surface
q is zero. Using Gauss's law, the total charge enclosed
S1 must be zero. So, the charge on the inner surface of
S2 hollow sphere is 6 × 10–8 C. So, the charge on the
outer surface will be 10 × 10–8 C.
Sol. (a) Let Φ1 and Φ2 be the electric flux through spheres
S1 and S2 respectively.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 24 MAY 2011

 P HYSICS F UNDAMENTAL F OR IIT-J EE

1-D Motion, Projectile Motion

KEY CONCEPTS & PROBLEM SOLVING STRATEGY

Kinematics : Graphs
Velocity (in a particular direction) During analysis of a graph, the first thing is see the
Displacement (in that direction ) physical quantities drawn along x-axis and y-axis.
=
Time taken If y = mx, the graph is a straight line passing through
r r r r the origin with slope = m. [see fig. (a)]
dx
(VAB ) x = VAx – VBx and (VAB ) x = m = tanθ
t Y m = tanθ
Y θ is acute and θ is abtuse and
Where dx is the displacement in the x direction in m is positive
time t. m is positive
Swimmer crossing a river
θ
θ X
X
vscosθ (i) fig.(a) (ii)
d vs θ
if y = mx + c, the graph is a straight line not passing
through the origin and having an intercept c which
vssinθ vr may be positive or negative [see fig. (b,) (c)]]
d Y
Time taken to cross the river = Y c is negative
Vs cos θ m is '+' ve m is '+' ve
For minimum time, θ should be zero.
x
c
c X
vs X
vR (i) fig(b) (ii)
Y
vr
in this case resultant velocity c is positive
m is negative
d
VR = Vs2 + v 2r and t = .
vs
Also x = vr × t (ii) X
For reaching a point just opposite the horizontal fig(c)
component of velocity should be zero.
For y = kx2, where k is a constant, we get parabola
v sinθ = Vr [see fig (d)]
| Displacement | Y
|Average Velocity| =
time
r r r r
r v – u v + (– u )
a = =
t t
v 2 + u 2 – 2uv cos θ
⇒ |a| = X
t Parabola
Where θ is the angle between v and u. Fig.(d)
The direction of acceleration is along the resultant of x2 + y2 = r2 is equation of a circle with centre at
r r
v and (– u ). origin and radius r.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 25 MAY 2011

 For (x – a)2 + (y – b)2 = r2, the motion is in a circular point and it is u cos θ directed in the horizontal
path with centre at (a, b) and radius r direction.
x 2 y2 The mechanical energy of a projectile remain
+ = 1 is equation of an ellipse constant throughout the path.
a 2 b2
the following approach should be adopted for solving
x × y = constant give a rectangular hyperbola. problems in two-dimensional motion :
Resolve the 2-D motion in two 1-D motions in two
mutually perpendicular directions (x and y direction)
Resolve the vector quantitative along these
directions. Now use equations of motion separately
for x-direction and y-directions.
If you do not resolve a 2-D motions in two 1-D
Note : To decide the path of motion of a body, a motions in two 1-D motion then use equations of
relationship between x and y is required. motion in vector form
Area under-t graph represents change in velocity. r r r 1 r 2 r r r r r
v = u + at ; s = ut + a t ; v.v– u .u = 2a s
Calculus method is used for all types of motion (a = 0 2
or a = constt or a = variable) 1 r r
Differentiate w.r.t s= ( u + v )t
Differentiate w.r.t 2
time time
s = f(t) v = f(t) When y = f(x) and we are interested to find
a = f(t)
integrate w.r.t. (a) The values of x for which y is maximum for
integrate w.r.t.
time minimum
time
(b) The maximum/minimum values of y then we may
S stand for displacement use the concept of maxima and minima.
dv dv d 2s Problem solving strategy :
a=v = =
ds dt dt 2 Motion with constant Acceleration :
Step 1: Identify the relevant concepts : In most
dx dy
Also vx = ⇒ vy = straight-line motion problems, you can use the
dt dt constant-acceleration equations. Occasionally,
dv x d2x dv y d2y however, you will encounter a situation in which the
ax = = and ay = = acceleration isn't constant. In such a case, you'll need
dt dt 2 dt dt 2 a different approach
The same concept can be applied for z-co-ordintae.
dυ x d  dx  d 2 x
Projectile motion : ax = =  =
dt dt  dt  dt 2
P
ucosθ Step 2: Set up the problem using the following steps:
u ucosθ You must decide at the beginning of a problem
usinθ ucosθ where the origin of coordinates are usually a
θ matter of convenience. If is often easiest to place
ucosθ
ucosθ Q θ the particle at the origin at time t = 0; then x0 = 0.
u It is always helpful to make a motion diagram
usinθ
showing these choices and some later positions of
g the particle.
g g
g F F Remember that your choice of the positive axis
F
F direction automatically determines the positive
directions for velocity and acceleration. If x is
Projectile motion is a uniformly accelerated motion. positive to the right of the origin, the vx and ax are
also positive toward the right.
For a projectile motion, the horizontal component of
velocity does not change during the path because Restate the problem in words first, and then
there is no force in the horizontal direction. The translate this description into symbols and
vertical component of velocity goes on decreasing equations. When does the particle arrive at a
with time from O to P. At he highest point it becomes certain point (that is, what is the value of t)?
zero. From P to Q again. the vertical component of where is the particle when its velocity has a
velocity increases but in downwards direction. specified value (that is, what is the value of x
Therefore the minimum velocity is at the topmost when vx has the specified value)? "where is the
motorcyclist when his velocity is 25m/s?"

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 26 MAY 2011

 Translated into symbols, this becomes "What is
the value of x when vx = 25 m/s?"
Make a list of quantities such as x, x0,vx,v0x,ax and
t. In general, some of the them will be known
quantities, and decide which of the unknowns are
the target variables. Be on the lookout for implicit
information. For example. "A are sits at a
stoplight" Usually means v0x = 0.
Step 3 : Execute the solution :
Choose an equation from Equation vx = v0x + axt
1
x = x0 + v0xt + axt2 (constant acceleration only)
2
v 2x = v 02 x + 2ax(x – x0) (constant accelerations only)
 v + vx 
x – x0 =  0 x  t (constant acceleration only)
 2  particle when its velocity has a certain value?
that contains only one of the target variables. Solve
this equation for the equation for the target variable,
using symbols only. then substitute the known values
and compute the value of the target variable.
sometimes you will have to solve two simultaneous
equations for two unknown quantities.
Step 4 : Evaluate your answer : Take a herd look at
your results to see whether they make sense. Are
they within the general range of values you
expected?
Problem solving strategy :
Projectile Motion :
Step 1 : Identify the relevant concepts : The key
concept to remember is the throughout projectile
motion, the acceleration is downward and has a
constant magnitude g. Be on the lookout for aspects
of the problem that do not involve projectile motion.
For example, the projectile-motion equations don't
apply to throwing a ball, because during the throw
the ball is acted on by both the thrower's hand and
gravity. These equations come into play only after
the ball leaves the thrower's hand.
Step 2 : Set up the problem using the following steps
Define your coordinate system and make a sketch
showing axes. Usually it's easiest to place the
origin to place the origin at the initial (t = 0)
position of the projectile. (If the projectile is a
thrown ball or a dart shot from a gun, the
thrower's hand or exits the muzzle of the gun.)
Also, it's usually best to take the x-axis as being
horizontal and the y-axis as being upward. Then
the initial position is x0 = 0 and y0 = 0, and the
components of the (constant) acceleration are ax = 0,
ay = – g.
List the unknown and known quantities, and
decide which unknowns are your target variables.
In some problems you'll be given the initial
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
velocity (either in terms of components or in
terms of magnitude and direction) and asked to
find the coordinates and velocity components as
some later time. In other problems you might be
given two points on the trajectory and asked to
find the initial velocity. In any case, you'll be
using equations
x = (v0 cosα0)t (projectile motion) through ...(1)
vy = v0 sin α0 – gt (projectile motion) ...(2)
make sure that you have as many equations as
there are target variables to be found.
It often helps to state the problem in words and
then translate those words into symbols. For
example, when does the particle arrive at a certain
point ? (That is at what value of t?) Where is the
(That is, what are the values of x and y when vx or
vy has the specified value ?) At the highest point
in a trajectory, vy = 0. so the question "When does
the particle reach its highest points ?" translates
into "When does the projectile return to its initial
elevation?" translates into "What is the value of t
when y = y0 ?"
Step 3 : Execute the solution use equation (1) & (2)
to find the target variables. As you do so, resist the
temptation to break the trajectory into segments and
analyze each segment separately. You don't have to
start all over, with a new axis and a new time scale,
when the projectile reaches its highest point ! It's
almost always easier to set up equation (1) & (2)
at the starts and continue to use the same axes and
time scale throughout the problem.
Step 4 : Evaluate your answer : As always, look at
your results to see whether they make sense and
whether the numerical values seem reasonable.
Relative Velocity :
Step 1 : Identify the relevant concepts : Whenever
you see the phrase "velocity relative to" or "velocity
with respect to", it's likely that the concepts of
relative will be helpful.
Step 2 : Set up the problem : Label each frame of
reference in the problem. Each moving object has its
own frame of reference; in addition, you'll almost
always have to include the frame of reference of the
earth's surface. (Statements such as "The car is
traveling north at 90 km/h" implicitly refer to the
car's velocity relative to the surface of the earth.) Use
the labels to help identify the target variable. For
example, if you want to find the velocity of a car (C)
with respect to a bus (B), your target variable is vC/B.
Step 3 : Execute the solution : Solve for the target
variable using equation
vP/A = vP/B + vB/A (relative velocity along a line) ...(1)
27 MAY 2011
 (If the velocities are not along the same direction, (As the ball returns to its initial position, the change
you'll need to use the vector from of this equations, in position, the change in position vector of the ball,
derived later in this section.) It's important to note the that is the net displacement will be zero).
order of the double subscripts in equation (1) vA/B →
always means "velocity of A relative to B." These ∴ | V aV | = 0.
subscripts obey an interesting kind of algebra, as
equation (1) shown. If regard each one as a fraction, 2. A long belt is moving horizontally with a speed of 4
then the fraction on the left side is the product of the Km/hour. A child runs on this belt to and fro with a
fractions on the right sides : P/A = (P/B) (B/A). This speed of 9 Km/hour (with respect to the belt) between
is a handy rule you can use when applying Equation his father and mother located 50 m apart on the
(1) to any number of frames of reference. For moving belt. For an observer on a stationary platform
example, if there are three different frames of outside, what is the
reference A, B, and C, we can write immediately. (a) speed of the child running in the direction of motion
vP/A = vP/C + vC/B + VB/A of the belt,
Step 4 : Evaluate your answer : Be on the lookout for (b) speed of the child running opposite to the direction of
stray minus signs in your answer. If the target motion of the belt and
variable is the velocity of a car relative to a bus (c) time taken by the child in case (a) and (b) ?
(vV/B), make sure that you haven't accidentally Which of the answers change, if motion is viewed by
calculated the velocity of the bus relative of the car one of the parents ?
(vB/C). If you have made this mistake, you can Sol. Let us consider positive direction of x-axis from left
recover using equation. to right
vA/B = – vB/A (a) Here, vB = + 4 Km/hour
Speed of child w.r.t. belt, vC = = 9 Km/hour
Solved Examples ∴ Speed of child w.r.t. stationary observer,
vC′ = vC + vB or vC′ = 9 + 4 = 13 Km/hour
1. A small glass ball is pushed with a speed V from A. (b) Here, vB = + 4 Km/hour, vC = – 9 Km/hour
It moves on a smooth surface and collides with the ∴ Speed of child w.r.t. stationary observer,
wall at B. If it loses half of its speed during the vC′ = vC + vB or vC′ = – 9 + 4 = –5 Km/hour
collision, find the distance, average speed and The negative sign shows that the child appears to run
velocity of the ball till it reaches at its initial position. in a direction opposite to the direction of motion of
the belt.
(c) Distance between the parents, s = 50 m = 0.05 Km
A V 0.5V B
Since parents and child are located on the same belt,
the speed of the child as observe by stationary
d observer in either direction (either father to mother or
Sol. The ball moves from A to B with a constant speed V. from mother to father) will be 9 Km/hour.
Since it loses half of its speed on collision, it returns Time taken by the child in case (a) and (b),
from B to A with a constant speed V/2. 0.50 km
∴ V1 = V and V2 = V/2 t= = 20 sec.
9 km / hour
d1 + d 2 If the motion is observed by one of parents, answer to
Using the formula, VaV =
(d1 / V1 ) + (d 2 / V2 ) case (a) case (b) gets altred. It is because the speed
Putting d1 = d2 = d; V1 = V and V2 = V/2 of the child w.r.t. either of mother or father is
d1 + d 2 2V 9 Km/hour.
We obtain, VaV = =
(dV) + (d / 0.5V) 3
3. A particle is projected with velocity v0 = 100 m/s at
From the formula,
an angle θ = 30º with the horizontal. Find :
→ → →
→ | s1 + s 2 | | s net | (a) velocity of the particle after 2 sec.
average velocity = V aV = =
s1 s 2 t net (b) angle between initial velocity and the velocity after 2 sec.
+
V1 V2 (c) the maximum height reached by the projectile
→ →
(d) horizontal range of the projectile
Since s1 = s2 = d and snet = | s1 + s 2 | = 0

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 28 MAY 2011

 → → → As the ball collides elastically and the inclined plane
Sol. (a) v t = v xt î + v yt ĵ is fixed, the ball follows the law of reflection.
where î and ĵ are the unit vectors along +ve x and Now along the incline, velocity component after
impact is v sin α and acceleration is g sin α.
+ve y-axis respectively
→
Perpendicular to the incline, velocity component is
v t =(ux + axt) î + (uy + ayt) ĵ vcos α and acceleration (– g cos α). Hence, if we
measure x and y-coordinate along the incline and
Here, ux = v0 cos θ = 50 3 m/s, ax = 0 perpendicular to the incline, then
uy = v0 sin θ = 50 m/s, ay = – g x = (v sin α) t + ½ (g sin α)t2
(Q g acts downwards) and y = (v cos α) t – ½ (g cos α)t2
→
v t = 50 3 î + (50 – 10 × 2) ĵ When the ball hits the plane for a second time,
y = 0, (v cos α)t – ½(g cos α)t2 or t = (2v/g)
=[50 3 î + 30 ˆj ] m/s Putting this value of t in x,
→
∴ | v 2 | = ( v 2x + v 2y ) = (50 3 ) 2 + (30) 2 4 v 2 sin α
x= = 8h sin α
→
g
(b) v 0 = 50 3 î + 50 ĵ
→
5. A batsman hits a ball at a height of 1.22m above the
v 2 = 50 3 î + 30 ĵ ground so that ball leaves the bat at an angle 45º with
→ → the horizontal. A 7.31 m high wall is situated at a
∴ v 0 . v 2 = 7500 + 1500 = 9000 distance of 97.53 m from the position of the batsman.
→ → Will the ball clear the wall if its range is 106.68 m.
If α is the angle between v 0 and v 2 Take g = 10 m/s2
→ →
v0 . v2 9000 v 02 sin 2θ
Then, cos α = = Sol. R(range) =
→ → 100 × 91.65 g
| v0 | × | v2 |
Rg
α = cos–1 (0.98) = 10.8º or, v 02 = = Rg as θ = 45º
2 2 sin 2θ
(c) vy – u y = 2ayy
At y = ymax, vy = 0 v0
∴ 0 – v02 sin2 θ = 2 (–g)ymax 45º

v 02 sin 2 θ
∴ ymax = = 125 m 1.22m
2g
A B
u 2 sin 2θ 106.68m
(d) R = = 1732 m
g
or, v0 = (Rg ) …(1)
4. A ball starts falling with zero initial velocity on a Equation of trajectory
smooth inclined plane forming an angle α with the
horizontal. Having fallen the distance 'h', the ball gx 2
y = x tan 45º –
rebounds elastically off the inclined plane. At what 2 v 02 cos 2 45º
distance from the impact point will the ball rebound
for the second time ? gx 2 gx 2
or, y=x– =x–
2Rg.½ Rg
α Putting x = 97.53, we get
α
10 × (97.53) 2
y = 97.53 – = 8.35 cm
106.68 × 10
Hence, height of the ball from the ground level is
h = 8.35 + 1.22 = 9.577 m
α
As height of the wall is 7.31 m so the ball will clear
Sol. Just before impact magnitude of velocity of the ball, the wall.
v = (2gh )

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 29 MAY 2011

 KEY CONCEPT

Physical
Chemistry GASEOUS STATE
Fundamentals

Real Gases : increases continuously with pressure in the higher

Deviation from Ideal Behaviour : pressure region.
Real gases do not obey the ideal gas laws exactly (3) For CO2, there is a large dip in the beginning. In
under all conditions of temperature and pressure. fact, for gases which are easily liquefied, Z dips
Experiments show that at low pressures and sharply below the ideal line in the low pressure
moderately high temperatures, gases obey the laws of region.
Boyle, Charles and Avogadro approximately, but as t = 0ºC H2
the pressure is increased or the temperature is N2
CH4
decreased, a marked departure from ideal behaviour
is observed. 1.0 ideal gas
Ideal gas CO2
Z
H2
0 100 200 300
p/101.325 bar
p
Plots of Z versus p of a few gases
This graph gives an impression that the nature of the
V deviations depend upon the nature of the gas. In fact,
Plot of p versus V of hydrogen, as it is not so. The determining factor is the temperature
compared to that of an ideal gas relative to the critical temperature of the particular
gas; near the critical temperature, the pV curves are
The curve for the real gas has a tendency to coincide
like those for CO2, but when far away, the curves are
with that of an ideal gas at low pressures when the
like those for H2 (below fig.)
volume is large. At higher pressures, however,
deviations are observed.
T1>T2>T3>T4 T4
Compressibility Factor : T3
The deviations can be displayed more clearly, by T2
plotting the ratio of the observed molar volume Vm to T1
the ideal molar volume Vm,ideal (= RT/p) as a function 1.0
ideal gas
of pressure at constant temperature. This ratio is
called the compressibility factor Z and can be Z
expressed as 0 200 400 600
Vm p p/101.325 kPa
Z= = Vm
Vm ,ideal RT Plots of Z versus p of a single gas
at various temperatures
Plots of Compressibility Factor versus Pressure :
Provided the pressure is of the order of 1 bar or less,
For an ideal gas Z = 1 and is independent of pressure and the temperature is not too near the point of
and temperature. For a real gas, Z = f(T, p), a liquefaction, the observed deviations from the ideal
function of both temperature and pressure. gas laws are not more than a few percent. Under
A graph between Z and p for some gases at 273.15 K, these conditions, therefore, the equation pV = nRT
the pressure range in this graph is very large. It can and related expressions may be used.
be noted that: Van der Waals Equation of state for a Real gas
(1) Z is always greater than 1 for H2. Causes of Deviations from Ideal Behaviour :
(2) For N2, Z < 1 in the lower pressure range and is The ideal gas laws can be derived from the kinetic
greater than 1 at higher pressures. It decreases with theory of gases which is based on the following two
increase of pressure in the lower pressure region, important assumptions:
passes through a minimum at some pressure and then

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 30 MAY 2011

 (i) The volume occupied by the molecules is
negligible in comparison to the total volume of
the gas.
(ii) The molecules exert no forces of attraction upon
one another.
Derivation of van der Waals Equation :
Van der Waals was the first to introduce
systematically the correction terms due to the above
two invalid assumptions in the ideal gas equation
piVi = nRT. His corrections are given below.
Correction for volume :
Vi in the ideal gas equation represents an ideal
volume where the molecules can move freely. In real
gases, a part of the total volume is, however,
occupied by the molecules of the gas. Hence, the free
volume Vi is the total volume V minus the volume
occupied by the molecules. If b represents the
effective volume occupied by the molecules of 1
mole of a gas, then for the amount n of the gas Vi is
given by
Vi = V – nb ...(1)
Where b is called the excluded volume or co-volume.
The numerical value of b is four times the actual
volume occupied by the gas molecules. This can be
shown as follows.
If we consider only bimolecular collisions, then the
volume occupied by the sphere of radius 2r
represents the excluded volume per pair of
molecules as shown in below Fig.
2r
excluded
volume
Excluded volume per pair of molecules
Thus, excluded volume per pair of molecules
4 4  Correction term ∝ n/V
= π(2r)3 = 8  πr 3 
3 3  (ii) The number of molecules striking the side of the
Excluded volume per molecule
1   4 3  4 3
= 8 πr  = 4  πr 
2 3  3  value,. Now, the number of molecules striking the
= 4 (volume occupied by a molecule)
Since b represents excluded volume per mole of the
gas, it is obvious that
 4 
b = N A 4 πr 3 
 3 
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
Correction for Forces of Attraction :
Consider a molecule A in the bulk of a vessel as
shown in Fig. This molecule is surrounded by other
molecules in a symmetrical manner, with the result
that this molecule on the whole experiences no net
force of attraction.
A
B
Arrangement of molecules within and
near the surface of a vessel
Now, consider a molecule B near the side of the
vessel, which is about to strike one of its sides, thus
contributing towards the total pressure of the gas.
There are molecules only on one side of the vessel,
i.e. towards its centre, with the result that this
molecule experiences a net force of attraction
towards the centre of the vessel. This results in
decreasing the velocity of the molecule, and hence its
momentum. Thus, the molecule does not contribute
as much force as it would have, had there been no
force of attraction. Thus, the pressure of a real gas
would be smaller than the corresponding pressure of
an ideal gas, i.e.
pi = p + correction term ...(2)
This correction term depends upon two factors:
(i) The number of molecules per unit volume of the
vessel Large this number, larger will be the net force
of attraction with which the molecule B is dragged
behind. This results in a greater decrease in the
velocity of the molecule B and hence a greater
decrease in the rate of change of momentum.
Consequently, the correction term also has a large
value. If n is the amount of the gas present in the
volume V of the container, the number of molecules
per unit volume of the container is given as
nN A n
N' = or N' ∝
V V
Thus, the correction term is given as :
...( 2a)
vessel per unit time Larger this number, larger will
be the decrease in the rate of change of momentum.
Consequently, the correction term also has a larger
side of vessel in a unit time also depends upon the
number of molecules present in unit volume of the
container, and hence in the present case:
Correction term ∝ n / V ...(2b)
Taking both these factors together, we have
31 MAY 2011
 n n der Waals equation is not a complete solution of the
Correction term ∝     behaviour of real gases.
V V
Applicability of the Van Der Waals Equation :
n2 Since the van der Waals equation is applicable to real
or Correction term = a ...( 3)
V2 gases, it is worth considering how far this equation
Where a is the proportionality constant and is a can explain the experimental behaviours of real
measure of the forces of attraction between the gases. The van der Waals equation for 1 mole of a
molecules. Thus gas is
 
pi = p + a
n2
...(4) p + a  (Vm – b) = RT ..(i)
 Vm2 
V2  
The unit of the term an2/V2 will be the same as that of At low pressure When pressure is low, the volume is
the pressure. Thus, the SI unit of a will be Pa m6 mol–2. sufficiently large and b can be ignored in comparison
It may be conveniently expressed in kPa dm6 mol–2. to Vm in Eq. (i). Thus, we have
When the expressions as given by Eqs (1) and (4) are  
substituted in the ideal gas equation piVi = nRT, we p + a  Vm = RT or pVm +
a
=RT
 Vm2  Vm
get  
 2  a
 p + n a  (V – nb) = nRT ...(5) or Z=1– ...(ii)
 V 2  Vm RT

This equation is applicable to real gases and is known From the above equation it is clear that in the low
as the van der Waals equation. pressure region, Z is less than 1. On increasing the
pressure in this region, the value of the term
Values of van der Waals Constants :
(a/VmRT) increase as V is inversely proportional to p.
The constants a and b in van der Waals equation are Consequently, Z decreases with increase of p.
called van der Waals constants and their values
At high pressure When p is large , Vm will be small
depend upon the nature of the gas. They
and one cannot ignore b in comparison to Vm.
Van Der Waals Constants
However, the term a / Vm2 may be considered
a b negligible in comparison to p in Eq. (i) Thus,
Gas 6
kPa dm mol –2
dm mol –1
3 pb
p(Vm – b) = RT or Z=1+ ...(iiii)
RT
H2 21.764 0.026 61
Here Z is greater than 1 and increases linearly with
He 3.457 0.023 70 pressure. This explains the nature of the graph in the
N2 140.842 0.039 13 high pressure region.
O2 137.802 0.031 83 A high temperature and low pressure If
Cl2 657.903 0.056 22 temperature is high, Vm will also be sufficiently large
NO 135.776 0.027 89 and thus the term a / Vm2 will be negligibly small. At
NO2 535.401 0.044 24 this stage, b may also be negligible in comparison to
Vm. Under these conditions, Eq. (i) reduces to an
H2O 553.639 0.030 49
ideal gas equation of state:
CH4 228.285 0.042 78
pVm = RT
C2H6 556.173 0.063 80
Hydrogen and helium The value of a is extremely
C3H8 877.880 0.084 45 small for these gases as they are difficult to liquefy.
C4H10(n) 1466.173 0.122 6 Thus, we have the equation of state as p(Vm – b) = RT,
C4H10(iso) 1304.053 0.114 2 obtained from the van der Waals equation by
C5H12(n) 1926.188 0.146 0 ignoring the term a / Vm2 . Hence, Z is always greater
CO 150.468 0.039 85 than 1 and it increases with increase of p.
CO2 363.959 0.042 67 The van dar Waals equation is a distinct
improvement over the ideal gas law in that it gives
are characteristics of the gas. The values of these qualitative reasons for the deviations from ideal
constants are determined by the critical constants of behaviour. However, the generality of the equation is
the gas. Actually, the so-called constant vary to some lost as it contains two constants, the values of which
extent with temperature and this shows that the van depend upon the nature of the gas.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 32 MAY 2011

 KEY CONCEPT

Organic GENERAL ORGANIC

Chemistry
Fundamentals CHEMISTRY
Stability of different types of carbocations in Θ Θ Θ Θ
decreasing order : F < Cl < Br < I
⊕ ⊕
C > CH > > increasing nucleophilic strength
decreasing base strength
⊕
⇒ Steric bulk decreases nucleophilicity. For
⊕ ⊕ ⊕ example :
(Ph)3 C > (Ph)2 CH > Ph – C H2 ≥
CH3
⊕ ⊕ ⊕ Θ
CH2 = CH – CH2 ≥ R – C – R > R – CH – R H 3C – C – O < HOΘ
R CH3
⊕ ⊕ weaker nucleophile stronger nucleophile
> R – CH2 > CH2 = CH Stronger base weaker base
A special stability is associated with cycloproyl Leaving Groups :
methyl cations and this stability increases with every
additional cyclopropyl group. A good leaving groups is the one which becomes a
stable ion after its departure. As most leaving groups
This is undoubtedly because of conjugation between leave as a negative ion, the good leaving groups are
the bent orbitals of the cyclopropyl ring and the those ions which stabilize this negative charge most
vacant p-orbital of the cation carbon. effectively. The weak bases do this best, thus the best
H groups are weak bases. If a group is a weak base i.e.,
H the conjugate base of a strong acid, it will generally
be a good leaving group. In an SN2 reaction the
H leaving group begins to gain negative charge as the
C transition state is reached. The more the negative
charge is stabilized, the lower is the energy of the
H H transition state; this lowers the energy of activation
and thereby increases the rate of reaction.
H The acids HCl, HBr, HI and H2SO4 are all strong
Cyclopropyl methyl cation orbital representation conjugation acids since the anions Cl–, Br–, I– and HSO4– are
with the p-like orbital of the ring stable anions these anions (weak bases) are also good
Nucleophilicity versus basicity : leaving groups in SN2 reactions. Of the halogens, an
If the nucleophilic atoms are from the same period of iodide ion is the best leaving group and the fluoride
the periodic table, strength as a nucleophile parallels ion is the poorest :
strength as a base. For example : I– > Br– > Cl– > F–
H2O < NH3 The order of basicity is opposite : F– > Cl– > Br– > I–,
CH3OH ≈ H2O < CH3CO2Θ < CH3OΘ ≈ OHΘ the reason that alkyl fluorides are ineffective
substrates in SN2 reactions is related, to the relatively
low acidity of HF (pKa = 3). Sulfonic acids, R
Increasing base strength SO2OH are similar to sulfuric acid in acidity and the
Increasing nucleophile strength sulfonate ion RSO3– is a very good leaving group.
⇒ Nucleophile strength increases down a column of the Alky benzenesulfonates, alkyl p-toluenesulfonates
periodic table (in solvents that can have hydrogen are therefore, very good substrates in SN2 reactions.
bond, such as water and alcohols). For example : The triflate ion (CF3SO3–) is one of the best leaving
Θ Θ groups known, it is the anion of CF3SO3H which is a
RO < RS strong acid much stronger than sulfuric acid.
R3N < R3P

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 33 MAY 2011

Kinetic Isotope Effects : The substitution of tritium for hydrogen gives isotope
The kinetic isotope effect is a change of rate that effects which are numerically larger (kH/kT = 16).
occurs upon isotopic substitution and is generally E2 elimination like SN2 process takes place in one
expressed as a ratio of the rate constants, step (without the formation of any intermediates). As
k light/k heavy. A normal isotope effect is one where the attacking base begins to abstract a proton from a
the ratio of k light to k heavy is greater than 1. In an carbon next to the leaving group, the C – H bond
inverse isotope effect, the ratio is less than 1. A begins to break, a new carbon-carbon double bond
primary isotope effect is one which results from the begins to form and leaving group begins to depart. In
making or breaking of a bond to an isotopically confirmation with this mechanism, the base induced
substituted atom and this must occur in the rate elimination of HBr from (I) proceeds 7.11 times
determining step. A secondary isotope effect is faster than the elimination of DBr from (II). Thus
attributable to isotopic substitution of an atom not C–H or C – D bond is broken in the rate determining
involved in bond making or breaking in the rate step. If it was not so there would not have been any
determining step. Thus when a hydrogen in a rate difference.
substrate is replaced by deuterium, there is often a H
change in the rate. Such changes are known as Base
deuterium, isotope effects and are expressed by the – C – CH2Br – CH = CH2
ratio kH/kD, the typical value for this ratio is 7. The H Faster reaction
ground state vibrational energy (the zero-point
1-Bromo-2-phenylethane (I)
vibrational energy) of a bond depends on the mass of
the atoms and is lower when the reduced mass is
higher. Consequently, D – C, D – O, D – N bonds, D
etc., have lower energies in the ground state than the Base
– C – CH2Br – CD = CH2
corresponding H – C, H – O, H – N bonds, etc. Thus,
complete dissociation of deuterium bond would D Slower reaction
require more energy than that for a corresponding 1-Bromo-2,2-dideuterio-2-phenylethane (II)
hydrogen bond in the same environment. In case a H No deuterium isotope effect is found in E1 reactions
– C, H –O, or H – N bond is not broken at all in a since the rupture of C – H (or C – D) bond occurs
reaction or is broken in a non-rate-determining step, after the rate determing step, rather than during it.
substitution of deuterium for hydrogen generally does Thus no rate difference can be measured between a
not lead to a change in the rate, however, if the bond deuterated and a non deuterated substrate.
is broken in the rate-determining step, the rate must
be lowered by the substitution. This helps in Mechanism Review : Substitution versus Elimination
determination of mechanism. In the bromination of
SN2 SN1 and E1
acetone, the rate determining step is the
tautomerization of acetone which involves cleavage Primary substrate Tertiary substrate
of a C–H bond. In case this mechanistic assignment Back-side attack of Nu : with Carbocation intermediate
is correct, one should observe a substantial isotop respect to LG Weak nucleophile/base (e.g.,
effect on the bromination of deuterated acetone. Strong/polarizable unhindered solvent)
nucleophile
Indeed kH/kD was found to be around 7.
Unimolecular in rate-
CH3COCH3 + Br2 → CH3COCH2Br Bimolecular in rate- determining step
determining step
Bromoacetone Racemization if SN1
Concerted bond forming/bond
breaking Removal of β-hydrogen if E1
rate-determining step
Inverse of stereochemistry Protic solvent assists ionization
OH
of LG
Favored by polar aprotic
CH3COCH3 CH3C = CH2 solvent. Low temperature (SN1)/high
temperature (E2)
Several mechanisms get support from kinetic isotope
effect. Some of these are, oxidation of alcohols with SN2 and E2 E2
chromic acid and electrophilic aromatic substitution. Secondary or primary substrate Tertiary or secondary substrate
An example of a secondary isotope effect, where it is Strong unhindered Concerted anti-coplanar TS
sure that the C – H bond does not break at all in the base/nucleophile leads to SN2
reaction. Secondary isotope effects for kH/kD are Strong hindered Bimolecular in rate-
generally between 0.6 and 2.0. base/nucleophile leads to E2 determining step
(CZ3)2CHBr + H2O → (CZ3)2CHOH + HBr Low temperatrue (SN2)/high Strong hindered base
the solvolysis of isopropyl bromide where Z = H or D, kH/kD is
temperature (E2)
High temperature
1.34 Secondary isotope effect.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 34 MAY 2011

 UNDERSTANDING
Physical Chemistry
1. The freezing point of an aqueous solution of KCN at equilibrium. If 2x is the partial pressure of SO3 that
containing 0.189 mol kg–1 was – 0.704 ºC. On adding is decreased at equilibrium, we would have
0.095 mol of Hg(CN)2, the freezing point of the 2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g)
solution became –0.530ºC. Assuming that the
complex is formed according to the equation t=0 0 2 atm 1 atm
teq 2x 2 atm + x 1 atm – 2x
Hg(CN)2 + x CN– → Hg (CN ) xx +– 2
(p SO3 ) 2 (1 atm − 2 x ) 2
Find the formula of the complex. Hence, Kp = =
Sol. Molality of the solution containing only KCN is (p SO 2 ) 2 (p O 2 ) (2x ) 2 (2 atm + x )
(–∆Tf ) (0.704 K ) = 900 atm–1
m= = = 0.379 mol kg–1
Kf (1.86 K kg mol –1 ) Assuming x << 2 atm, we get
This is just double of the given molality (1 atm − 2x ) 2
= 900 atm–1
( = 0.189 mol kg–1) of KCN, indicating complete (2x ) 2 (2 atm)
dissociation of KCN. Molality of the solution after
the formation of the complex (1 atm − 2x ) 2
or = 1800
(–∆Tf ) (0.530 K ) (2x ) 2
m= = –1
= 0.285 mol kg–1
Kf (1.86 K kg mol ) 1 atm
or – 1 = 42.43
If it be assumed that the whole of Hg(CN)2 is 2x
converted into complex, the amounts of various 1
species in 1 kg of solvent after the formation of the or x = atm = 0.0115 atm
complex will be 2 × 43.43
n(K+) = 0.189 mol, Hence, p(SO2) = 2x = 0.023 atm;
n(CN–) = (0.189 – x) mol p(O2) = 2atm + x = 2.0115 atm and
p(SO3) = 1 atm – 2x = 0.977 atm
n (Hg(CN ) xx +– 2 ) = 0.095 mol
Total amount of species in 1 kg solvent becomes
3. Equal weights of CH4 and O2 are mixed in an empty
ntotal = [0.189 + (0.189 – x) + 0.095] mol container of 1 L at 27ºC, Calculate the
= (0.473 – x) mol Equating this to 0.285 mol, (a) fraction of total pressure exerted by O2,
we get (b) total pressure if the weights of gases are 32 g each
(0.473 – x) mol = 0.285 mol [IIT-1980]
i.e. x = (0.473 – 0.285) = 0.188 Sol. Given that,
0.188 mol V=1L
Number of CN– units combined = =2
0.095 mol T = 27ºC = 300 K
Thus, the formula of the complex is Hg (CN ) 24 – . R = 0.0821 L atm K–1 mol–1 (constant)
Mass of CH4 = Mass of O2 = mg (let)
m
2. The equilibrium constant Kp of the reaction (a) Moles of O2 =
32
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) is 900 atm–1 at 800
K. A mixture containing SO3 and O2 having initial m
Moles of CH4 =
partial pressures of 1 atm and 2 atm, respectively, is 16
heated at constant volume to equilibrate. Calculate
the pressure of each gas at 800 K. [IIT- 1989] m m
Total no. of moles = +
Sol. Since to start with SO2 is not present, it is expected 32 16
that some of SO3 will decompose to give SO2 and O2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 35 MAY 2011

 (m / 32) 1 m2
Moles fraction of O2 = = Meq. of NaHCO3 in solution = × 1000
(m / 32) + (m / 16) 3 84
According to Dalton's law of partial pressure, Step 3.
P´O 2 = P × mole fraction of O2 Meq. of H2SO4 used with phenolphthalein
= Valency factor × Molarity × Volume (ml)
∴ Fraction of total pressure exerted by O2,
= 2 × 0.1 × 2.0 = 0.4
P´O 2 1
= = Mole fraction of O2 = 2Na2CO3 + H2SO4 → 2NaHCO3 + Na2SO4
P 3 Meq. of H2SO4 used with phenolphthalein
(b) Given that,
1 1
Mass of O2 = Mass of CH4 = 32 g = Meq. of Na2CO3 ∴ Meq. of Na2CO3 = 0.4
2 2
32
No. of moles of O2 = =1 Step 4.
32
Meq. of H2SO4 used with methyl orange
32
No. of moles of CH4 = =2 = Valency factor × molarity × volume(ml)
16
= 2 × 0.2 × 2.5 = 1
According to Dalton's law of partial pressure,
Meq. of H2SO4 used with methyl orange
P´O 2 = P × mole fraction of O2
1
= Meq. of NaHCO3 + Meq. of Na2CO3
nRT 2
= × Mole fraction of O2
V 1
∴ Meq. of NaHCO3 + Meq. of Na2CO3 = 1
3 × 0.0821 × 300 1 2
= × = 24.63 atm
1 3 ∴ Meq. of NaHCO3 = 1 – 0.4 = 0.6
Similarly, and Meq. of Na2CO3 = 2 × 0.4 = 0.8
P´CH 4 = P × mole fraction of CH4 Step 5.
nRT m1 0.8 × 53
= × Mole fraction of CH4 × 1000 = 0.8 or m1 = = 0.0424
V 53 1000
3 × 0.0821 × 300 2 0.0424 × 1000
= × = 49.26 atm ∴ Strength of Na2CO3 solution =
1 3 10
Total pressure, P = 24.63 + 49.26 = 73.89 atm = 4.24 g L–1
Step 6.
4. A solution contains Na2CO3 and NaHCO3.10 ml of m2 0.6 × 84
this requires 2.0 ml of 0.1 M H2SO4 for neutralization × 1000 = 0.6 or m2 = = 0.0504
using phenolphthalein as indicator. Methyl orange is 84 1000
then added when a further 2.5 ml of 0.2 M H2SO4 0.0504 × 1000
was required. Calculate the strength of Na2CO3 and ∴ Strength of NaHCO3 solution =
10
NaHCO3 in solution. [IIT-1978]
= 5.04 g L–1
Sol. Step 1.
Molecular mass 5. Using the data given below, calculate the bond
Equivalent mass of Na2CO3 =
2 enthalpy of C–C and C–H bonds.
106 ∆CHº(ethane) = –1556.5 kJ mol–1
= = 53
2 ∆CHº (propane) = –2117.5 kJ mol–1
m1 C(graphite) → C(g); ∆H = 719.7 kJ mol–1
Meq. of Na2CO3 in solution = × 1000
53 Bond enthalpy of H–H = 435.1 kJ mol–1
Step 2. ∆fHº(H2O, 1) = –284.5 kJ mol–1
Molecular mass ∆fHº(CO2, g) = –393.3 kJ mol–1 [IIT-1990]
Equivalent mass of NaHCO3 =
1 Sol. From the enthalpy of combustion of ethane and
= 84 propane, we write

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 36 MAY 2011

 7
(1) C2H6(g) +
2
O2(g) → 2CO2(g) + 3H2O(1) :
Galena
∆CH = 3∆fH(H2O, 1) + 2∆fH(CO2, g) – ∆fH(C2H6, g)
Thus, Galena is the natural mineral form of lead sulfide. It
∆fH(C2H6,g) = – ∆CH + 3∆fH(H2O, 1)+ 2∆fH(CO2, g) is the most important lead ore mineral.
= (1556.5 – 3 × 284.5 – 2 × 393.3) kJ mol–1
= – 83.6 kJ mol–1
(2) C3H8(g) + 5O2(g) → 3CO2(g) + 4H2O(1)
∆CH = 3∆f H(CO2, g)+ 4∆fH(H2O), 1) – ∆fH(C3H8, g)
Thus
∆fH(C3H8, g) = –∆CH + 3∆fH(CO2, g) + 4∆fH(H2O, 1) Galena is one of the most abundant and widely
= (2217.5 – 3 × 393.5 – 4 × 284.5) kJ mol–1 distributed sulfide minerals. It crystallizes in the
= –101.0 kJ mol–1 cubic crystal system often showing octahedral
forms. It is often associated with the minerals
To calculate the εC–H and εC–C, we carry out the sphalerite, calcite and fluorite.
following manipulations.
Galena deposits often contain significant amounts
(i) 2C(graphite) + 3H2(g) → C2H6(g) of silver as included silver sulfide mineral phases or
∆H = – 83.6 kJ mol–1 as limited solid solution within the galena structure.
2C(g) → 2C (graphite) These argentiferous galenas have long been the
most important ore of silver in mining. In addition
∆H = –2 × 719.7 kJ mol–1 zinc, cadmium, antimony, arsenic and bismuth also
6H(g) → 3H2(g) occur in variable amounts in lead ores. Selenium
∆H = –3 × 435.1 kJ mol–1 substitutes for sulfur in the structure constituting a
solid solution series. The lead telluride mineral
Add altaite has the same crystal structure as galena.
2C(g) + 6H(g) → C2H6(g) Within the weathering or oxidation zone galena
∆H(i) = (–83.6 – 2 × 719.7 – 3 × 435.1) kJ mol–1 alters to anglesite (lead sulfate) or cerussite (lead
carbonate). Galena exposed to acid mine drainage
= – 2828.3 kJ mol–1
can be oxidized to anglesite by naturally occurring
(ii) 3C(graphite) + 4H2(g) → C3H8(g) bacteria and archaea, in a process similar to
∆H = –101.0 kJ mol–1 bioleaching [3]
3C(g) → 3C (graphite) Galena uses :
∆H = –3 × 719.7 kJ mol–1 One of the earliest uses of galena was as kohl,
which in Ancient Egypt, was applied around the
8H(g) → 4H2(g) eyes to reduce the glare of the desert sun and to
∆H = – 4 × 435.1 kJ mol–1 repel flies, which were a potential source of
Add disease.[4]
3C(g) + 8H(g) → C3H8(g) Galena is a semiconductor with a small bandgap of
about 0.4 eV which found use in early wireless
∆H(ii) = (– 101 – 3 × 719.7 – 4 × 435.1) kJ mol–1 communication systems. For example, it was used
= – 4000.5 kJ mol–1 as the crystal in crystal radio sets, in which it was
Now, used as a point-contact diode to detect the radio
signals. The galena crystal was used with a safety
∆H(i) = εC–C – 6εC–H
pin or similar sharp wire, which was known as a
= –2828.3 kJ mol–1 "cat's whisker". Making such wireless sets was a
∆H(ii) = –2εC–C – 8εC–H popular home hobby in the North of England during
= –4000.5 kJ mol–1 the 1930s. Derbyshire was one of the main areas
where Galena was mined. Scientists that were
Solving for εC–C and εC–H, we get linked to this application are Karl Ferdinand Braun
εC–H = 414.0 kJ mol–1 and Sir Jagdish Bose. In modern wireless
and εC–H = 344.3 kJ mol–1 communication systems, galena detectors have been
replaced by more reliable semiconductor devices,
though silicon point-contact microwave detectors
still exist in the market.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 37 MAY 2011

 Set

`tà{xÅtà|vtÄ V{tÄÄxÇzxá 1
This section is designed to give IIT JEE aspirants a thorough grinding & exposure to variety
of possible twists and turns of problems in mathematics that would be very helpful in facing
IIT JEE. Each and every problem is well thought of in order to strengthen the concepts and
we hope that this section would prove a rich resource for practicing challenging problems and
enhancing the preparation level of IIT JEE aspirants.
By : Shailendra Maheshwari
So lu t ion s wi l l b e p ub lished in nex t issue Joint Director Academics, Career Point, Kota

Passage : x x
6. Let f (x) = a1 tan x + a2 tan + a3 tan + ...........
A bag contains ‘n’ cards marked 1, 2, 3, ......, n. ‘X’ 2 3
draws a card from the bag and the card is put back x
into the bag. Then ‘Y’ draws a card. The probability ........ + an tan , where a1, a2, a3, ... an ∈ R and
n
that ‘X’ draws.
n ∈ N. If | f (x) | ≤ | tan x | for ∀ x ∈  − π , π  , Prove
 2 2
1. The same card as ‘Y’ is –
n
ai
(A)
1
n
(B)
1
2n
that ∑
i =1
i
≤1

1 2
(C) 2 (D) 7. Let az2 + bz + c be a polynomial with complex
n n
coefficients such that a and b are non zero. Prove that
the zeros of this polynomial lie in the region.
2. a higher card than ‘Y’ is – b c
|z|≤ + +
n −1 n −1 a b
(A) (B)
n 2n
8. Find the fifth degree polynomial which leaves
n −1 n −1 remainder 1 when divided by (x – 1)3 and remainder
(C) 2 (D)
n 2n 2 –1 when divided by (x + 1)3.
9. A quadrilateral ABCD is inscribed in a circle of
3. a lower card than ‘Y’ is –
radius R such that AB2 + CD2 = 4R2. Using vector
n −1 n −1 method prove that its diagonals are at right angle.
(A) (B)
n 2n
10. Through a focus of an ellipse two chords are drawn
n −1 n −1 and a conic is described to pass through their
(C) 2 (d)
n 2n 2 extremities, and also through the centre of the ellipse.
Prove that it cuts the major axis in another fixed
1 point.
∫x
25
(1 − x) 50 dx
0
4. Evaluate : 228 1
=?
∫x
24 49
(1 − x) dx
0
Honesty
5. Find the minimum value of • To be persuasive, You must be believable.
2 To be believable, You must be credible.
 x2 
(x1 – x2)2 +  1 − (17 − x 2 )( x 2 − 13)  To be credible, You must be truthful.
 20 
  • An honest man is the noblest work of God.
where x1 ∈ R+ and x2 ∈ (13, 17). • If I am honesty in all my dealings, I can never
experience fear.
• Prefer a loss to a dishonest gain; one brings pain
for the moment, the other for all time.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 38 MAY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 39 MAY 2011
 Students' Forum
Expert’s Solution for Question asked by IIT-JEE Aspirants
MATHS
1. Let S be the coefficients of x49 in given expression Sol. We have been given,
f (x) and if P be product of roots of the equation y
S P(α,2)
f (x) = 0, then find the value of , given that : A
P
 x  1  x  1 O x
f (x) = (x – 1)2  − 2   x −   − 3   x −  , C B
2  2 3  3
 x  1  D
.........  − 25   x − 
 25  25 
PA.PD = PB.PC
Sol. Here we can write f(x) as : Equation of any line through point 'P' is :
 x  x   x  x−α y−2
f (x) = ( x − 1) − 2  − 3 ... − 25  = =r
 2  3   25  cos θ sin θ
or x = α + r cos θ, y = 2 + r sin θ
  1  1  1  Putting this point in the equation of given ellipse, we get
× ( x − 1) x −  x − ... x − 
  2  3   25  4(r cos θ + α)2 + 9(2 + r sin θ)2 = 36
Now roots of f (x) = 0 are; ⇒ r2 (4 cos2 θ + 9 sin2θ) + 4r (9 sin θ + 2 α cos θ)
1 1 1 + 4 α2 = 0
12, 22, 32, ..... , 252 and 1, , , ....., Since PA and PD are the roots of this quadratic in r,
2 3 25 we get
Now f (x) is the polynomial of degree 50, 4α 2
So coefficient of x49 will be : PA.PD = ...(i)
(4 cos 2 θ + 9 sin 2 θ)
S = – (sum of roots)
Similarly, putting x = r cos θ + α, y = r sin θ + 2 in
2 2  1 1
2 1  the equation of coordinate axis i.e. xy = 0
= – (1 + 2 + ... + 25 ) – 1 + + + .... + 
 2 3 25  (r cos θ + α). (r sin θ + 2) = 0
25 ⇒ r2 sin θ cos θ + r (2 cos θ + α sin θ) + 2α = 0
 25 × 26 × 51  1
=– 
 6
+ K  where, K =

∑n
n =1
Since PB and PC and the roots of this quadratic in 'r',
2α 4α
we get, PB.PC = = ...(ii)
⇒ S = –(K + 5525). sin θ cos θ sin 2α
Product of roots : Thus, we get
1 1 1 4α 4α 2
12 . 22 . 32 .... 252 . 1 . . .... = 1 . 2 . 3 ...25 = {from (i) and (ii)}
2 3 25 sin 2θ 4 cos θ + 9 sin 2 θ
2

∴ P = 25 ! 4α 8α 2
⇒ =
S −(K + 5525)
25
1 sin 2θ 4(1 + cos 2θ) + 9(1 − cos 2θ)
Hence
P
=
25!
, where K = ∑n
n =1 ⇒
1
=
2α
sin 2θ 13 − 5 cos 2θ
⇒ 13 = 5 cos 2θ + 2α sin 2θ
2. From an external point P(α, 2) a variable line is
x 2 y2 25 + 4α 2
where; 5 cos 2θ + 2α sin 2θ ≤
drawn to meet the ellipse + = 1 at the points
9 4 169 − 25
∴ 4α 2 + 25 ≥ 13 ⇒ α2 ≥ = 36
A and D. Same line meets the x-axis and y-axis at the 4
points B and C respectively. Find the range of values ⇒ α ∈ (–∞, – 6] ∪ [6, ∞)
of 'α' such that PA. PD = PB.PC.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 40 MAY 2011

3. Find the sum of the terms of G.P. a + ar + ar2 + ..... + ∞ →
Sol. â × ĉ = cˆ × bˆ ⇒ ( â + b̂ ) × ĉ = 0
where a is the value of x for which the function
7 + 2x loge25 – 5x – 1 – 52–x has the greatest value and ⇒ ĉ is collinear with â + b̂ ⇒ â + b̂ = λ ĉ for
same λ ∈ R
x t 2 dt
r is the Lt
x→0 0 ∫ x 2 tan(π + x)
Similarly b̂ + ĉ = µ â for some scalar u
→
Now â + b̂ = λ ĉ ⇒ â + b̂ + ĉ = (λ + 1) c
a
Sol. S = , Similarly ⇒ â + b̂ + ĉ = (µ + 1) â
1− r
Hence (λ + 1) ĉ = (µ + 1) â ,
To get the greatest value f´(x) = 2log e25 – 5x – 1 log 5
either λ + 1 = µ + 1 = 0 or ĉ is collinear with â .
+ 52–x log 5 But ĉ can not be collinear to â other wise cˆ × aˆ = 0
f ´(x) = 4 loge5 – 5x–1 loge5 + 5.51 – xloge5 ⇒ cˆ × bˆ = 0
⇒ f ´(x) = 0 put 5x – 1 t(> 0) ⇒ b̂ is collinear to with ĉ
2
t – 4t – 5 = 0 ⇒ t = 5 ⇒ 5 x –1
=5⇒x=2 ⇒ â b̂ and ĉ are collinear.
Hence ĉ is not collinear to â
to evaluate r :
⇒λ+1=µ+1=0
x t 2 dt 1
r = Lt
x→0 0∫ 2
x tan(π + x)
=
π
⇒ λ ± µ = –1
Hence b̂ + ĉ = µ â
1 2π
since a = 2, r = ⇒ sum of G.P. = →
π π −1 ⇒ â + b̂ + ĉ = 0
⇒ ( â + b̂ + ĉ ) . ( â + b̂ + ĉ ) = 0
4. Let [x] stands for the greatest integer function find
2
⇒ 1 + 1 + 1 + 2 ( â . b̂ + b̂ . ĉ + ĉ . â ) = 0
the derivative of f (x) = ( x + [ x 3 + 1]) x +sin x , where it 3
exists in (1, 1.5). Indicate the point(s) where it does ⇒ â . b̂ + b̂ . ĉ + ĉ . â = –
2
not exist. Give reason(s) for your conclusion.
3
Sol. The greatest integer [x3 + 1] takes jump from 2 to 3 at ⇒ cos α + cos β + cos γ = –
3
2
2 and again from 3 to 4 at 3 3 in [1, 1.5] and
therefore it is discontinuous at these two points. As a 6. If a, b, c and n are positive integers such that
result the given function is discontinuous at 3 2 and a + b + c = n, show that
hence not differentiable. (aabbcc)1/n + (abbcca)1/n + (acbacb)1/n ≤ n.
To find the derivative at other points we write : Sol. Since a, b, c are integers, from A.M. – G.M.
2
+sin x inequality we can write
in (1, 3
2 ), f (x) = ( x + 2) x
(a + a + ....a times) + (b + b + ...b times) + (c + c + ...c times)
2
+sin x −1
⇒ f ´(x) = ( x + 2) x a+b+c
{x2 + sin x + (x + 2) (2x + cos x) log (x + 2)} ≥ [(a.a....a times)(b.b....b times)(c.c...c times)]1/a +b+c

( )
1
in ( 3 2 , 3 3 ), f (x) = ( x + 3) x
2
+sin x a.a + b.b + c.c
, ⇒ ≥ a abbc c a +b + c
2
a+b+c
+sin x −1
f ´(x) = ( x + 3) x {x2 + sin x
( )
1
c.a + a.b + b.c
+ (2x + cos x) (x + 3) × loge (x + 3)} Similarly, ≥ a cb a c c a +b + c
c+a+b
2
+sin x
in ( 5 , 1.5), f (x) = ( x + 4) x
( )
3 1
, b.a + c.b + a.c
and ≥ a b b c c a b +c + a
2
+sin x −1 b+c+a
f ´(x) = ( x + 4) x , {x2 + sin x + (2x + cos x)
Adding these three inequalities, we get
(x + 4) × loge(x + 4)}
a 2 + b 2 + c 2 + 2ab + 2bc + 2ca
≥ (aabbcc)1/n
5. For three unit vectors â , b̂ and ĉ not all collinear a+b+c
given that aˆ × cˆ = cˆ × bˆ and bˆ × aˆ = aˆ × cˆ . Show that + (acbacb)1/n + (abbcca)1/n
cosα + cos β + cos γ = –3/2, where α, β and γ are the (a + b + c) 2
where LHS =
angles between â and b̂ , b̂ and ĉ and ĉ and â a+b+c
respectively. = a + b + c Hence proved

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 41 MAY 2011

 MATHS
COMPLEX NUMBER
Mathematics Fundamentals

− 1 is denoted by ‘i’ and is pronounced as ‘iota’. z  z1

(ix)  1  = provided z2 ≠ 0
i= − 1 ⇒ i2 = –1, i3 = –i, i4 = 1.  z2  z2
If a, b ∈ R and i = − 1 then a + ib is called a If x + iy is a complex number, then the non-negative
complex number. The complex number a + ib is also ral number x 2 + y 2 is called the modulus of the
denoted by the ordered pair (a, b) complex number x + iy and write
If z = a + ib is a complex number, then :
(i) a is called the real part of z and we write | x + iy| = x2 + y2
Re (z) = a. Properties : If z1, z2 are complex numbers, then
(ii) b is called the imaginary part of z and we write (i) | z1 | = 0 iff z1 = 0
Im (z) = b (ii) | z1 | = | z 1 | = | – z1 |
Two complex numbers z1 and z2 are said to be equal (iii) – | z1 | ≤ Re (z1) ≤ | z1 |
complex numbers if Re (z1) = Re (z2) and Im (iv) – | z1 | ≤ Im (z1) ≤ | z1 |
(z1) = Im (z2).
(v) | z1 z 1 | = | z1 |2
If z = x + iy is a non zero complex number, then 1/z is
called the multiplicative inverse of z. (vi) | z1 + z2 | ≤ | z1 | + | z2 |
If x + iy is a complex number, then the complex (vii) | z1 – z2 | ≥ | z1 | – | z2 |
number x – iy is called the conjugate of the complex (viii) | z1 z2 | = | z1 | | z2 |
number x + iy and we write x + iy = x – iy. z1 |z |
(ix) = 1 , provided z2 ≠ 0
Algebra of Complex Numbers z2 | z2 |
(i) Addition : (a + ib) + (c + id) = (a + c) + i(b + d)
(x) | z1 + z2 |2 = | z1 |2 + | z2 |2 + 2 Re (z1 z 2 )
(ii) Subtraction :
(xi) | z1 – z2 |2 = | z1 |2 + | z2 |2 – 2 Re (z1 z 2 )
(a + ib) – (c + id) = (a – c) + i(b – d)
(iii) Multiplication : (xi) | z1 + z2 |2 + | z1 – z2 |2 = 2 [| z1 |2 + | z2 |2 ].
(a + ib) + (c + id) = (ac – bd) + i(ab + bc) De Moivre’s Theorem
(iv) Division by a non-zero complex number : (i) If n is any integer (positive or negative), then
a + ib ac + bd bc − ad (cos θ + i sin θ)n = cos nθ + i sin nθ
= 2 +i 2 , (c + id) ≠ 0
c + id c +d 2
c +d2 (ii) If n is a rational number, then the value or one of
Properties : If z1, z2 are complex numbers, then the values of (cos θ + i sin θ)n is cos nθ + i sin nθ
Euler’s Formula
(i) ( z1) = z1
eiθ = cos θ + i sin θ and e–iθ = cos θ – i sin θ
(ii) z + z = 2 Re (z)
(iii) z – z = 2i Im (z) Square root of complex number
(iv) z = z iff z is purely real Square root of z = a + ib are given by
(v) z = z iff z is purely imaginary
  | z | +a   | z | −a  
(vi) z1 + z 2 = z1 + z 2 ±   +i    for b > 0 and
  2   2  
(vii) z1 + z 2 = z1 + z 2
  | z | +a   | z | −a  
(viii) z1 – z 2 = z1 – z 2 ±   –i    for b < 0.
  2   2  

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 42 MAY 2011

 −1+ i 3 z − z1 z − z1
If ω = , then the cube roots of unity are 1, (vi) = is the equation of the line
2 z 2 − z1 z 2 − z1
ω and ω2. We have: joining points with affixes z1 and z2.
(i) 1 + ω + ω2 = 0 (ii) ω3 = 1 Three points with affixes z1, z2, z3 are collinear if
Let z = x + iy be any complex number. z1 z1 1
Let z = r (cos θ + i sin θ) where r > 0. z2 z 2 1 = 0.
∴ x = r cos θ and y = r sin θ z3 z3 1
2 2 2
∴x +y =r
The general equation of a straight line is
2 2
⇒ r= x +y (Q r > 0) a z + az + b = 0 , where b is any real number.
x y (i) | z – z1 | < r represents the circle with centre z1
∴ cos θ = and sin θ =
and radius r.
x2 + y2 x2 + y2
(ii) | z – z1 | < r represents the interior of the circle
The value of θ is found by solving these equations. θ with centre z1 and radius r.
is called the argument (or amplitude) of z.
z − z1
If – p < θ ≤ π, then θ is called the principal argument = k represents a circle line which is the
of z. z − z1
Identification of θ – perpendicular bisector of the line segment joining
points with affixes z1 and z2.
x y arg(z) Interval of θ
(z – z1) ( z − z 2 ) + ( z − z1 ) + (z – z2) = 0 represents the
 π circle with line joining points with affixes z1 and z2 as
+ + θ 0 < θ <  a diameter.
 2
| z – z1 | + | z – z2 | = 2k, k ∈ R+ represents the ellipse
–π  with foci at points with affixes z1 and z2.
+ – –θ  < θ < 0
 2  If z1, z2, z3 be the affixes of the points A, B, C
respectively, then the angle between AB and AC is
π  z −z 
– + ( π – θ)  < θ < π
2  given by arg  3 1  .
 z 2 − z1 
 –π If z1, z2, z3, z4 are the affixes of the points A, B, C, D
– – –(π – θ) – π < θ < 
 2  respectively, then the angle between AB and CD is
z −z 
given by arg  2 1  .
If z1 and z2 are two complex numbers then  z 4 − z3 
(i) | z1 – z2 | is the distance between the points with nth roots of a complex number
affixes z1 and z2. Let z = r (cos θ + i sin θ), r > 0 be any complex
mz 2 + nz1 number. nth root o z = z1/n
(ii) is the affix of the point dividing the
m+n  2kπ + θ 2kπ + θ 
line joining the points with affixes z1 and z2 in the = r1/n  cos + i sin ,
 n n 
ratio m : n internally.
where k = 0, 1, 2, ………, n – 1.
mz 2 – nz1
(iii) is the affix of the point dividing the There are n distinct values and sum of all these
m–n
line joining the points with affixes z1 and z2 in the values is 0.
ratio m : n externally where m ≠ n. Logarithm of a complex number
(iv) If z1, z2, z3 are the affixes of the vertices of a Let z = reiθ be any complex number.
z +z +z Then log z = log reiθ = log r + log eiθ
triangle then the affix of its centroid is 1 2 3 .
3
= log r + iθ log e = log r + iθ.
(v) z = tz1 + (1 – t)z2 is the equation of the line joining
points with affixes z1 and z2. Here ‘t’ is a parameter. ∴ log z = log | z | + i amp (z).

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 43 MAY 2011

 MATHS MATRICES &
DETERMINANTS
Mathematics Fundamentals

Matrices : (iii) Nilpotent if Ak = O when k is a positive integer.

An m × n matrix is a rectangular array of mn numbers Least value of k is called the index of the
(real or complex) arranged in an ordered set of m nilpotent matrix.
horizontal lines called rows and n vertical lines called (iv) Involutary if A2 = I.
columns enclosed in parentheses. An m × n matrix A The matrix obtained from a matrix A = [aij]m × n by
is usually written as : changing its rows into columns and columns of A into
 a11 a12 ... a1 j ... a1n  rows is called the transpose of A and is denoted by A′.
a  A square matrix a = [aij]n × n is said to be
 21 a22 ... a2 j ... a2 n 
 M M  (i) Symmetric if aij = aji for all i and j i.e. if A′ = A.
A=   (ii) Skew-symmetric if
 ai1 ai 2 ... aij ... ain 
 M  aij = – aji for all i and j i.e., if A′ = –A.
M
  Every square matrix A can be uniquely written as sum
am1 am 2 ... amj ... amn  of a symmetric and a skew-symmetric matrix.
Where 1 ≤ i ≤ m and 1 ≤ j ≤ n 1 1 1
A= (A + A′) + (A – A′) where (A + A′) is
and is written in compact form as A = [aij]m× n 2 2 2
A matrix A = [aij]m × n is called 1
symmetric and (A – A′) is skew-symmetric.
(i) a rectangular matrix if m ≠ n 2
(ii) a square matrix if m = n Let A = [aij]m × n be a given matrix. Then the matrix
(iii) a row matrix or row vector if m = 1 obtained from A by replacing all the elements by their
(iv) a column matrix or column vector if n = 1 conjugate complex is called the conjugate of the matrix
(v) a null matrix if aij = 0 for all i, j and is denoted by A and is denoted by A = [aij ] .
O m× n Properties :
(vi) a diagonal matrix if aij = 0 for i ≠ j
(vii) a scalar matrix if aij = 0 for i ≠ j and all diagonal
( )
(i) A = A
elements aii are equal (ii) (A + B) = A + B
Two matrices can be added only when thye are of same (iii) (λ A) = λ A , where λ is a scalar
order. If A = [aij]m × n and B = [bij]m × n, then sum of A
and B is denoted by A + B and is a matrix [aij + bij]m × n (iv) (A B) = A B .
The product of two matrices A and B, written as AB, Determinant :
is defined in this very order of matrices if number of Consider the set of linear equations a1x + b1y = 0 and
columns of A (pre factor) is equal to the number of a2x + b2y = 0, where on eliminating x and y we get
rows of B (post factor). If AB is defined , we say that the eliminant a1b2 – a2b1 = 0; or symbolically, we
A and B are conformable for multiplication in the write in the determinant notation
order AB.
a1 b1
If A = [aij]m × n and B = [bij]n × p, then their product AB ≡ a1b2 – a2b1 = 0
is a matrix C = [cij]m × p where a2 b2
Cij = sum of the products of elements of ith row of A Here the scalar a1b2 – a2b1 is said to be the expansion
with the corresponding elements of jth column of B. a b
Types of matrices : of the 2 × 2 order determinant 1 1 having 2
a2 b2
(i) Idempotent if A2 = A rows and 2 columns.
(ii) Periodic if Ak+1 = A for some positive integer k. Similarly, a determinant of 3 × 3 order can be
The least value of k is called the period of A. expanded as :

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 44 MAY 2011

 a1 b1 c1 Let A be a square matrix of order n. Then the inverse of
b2 c2 a2 c2 a2 b2 1
a2 b2 c 2 = a1 – b1 + c1 A is given by A–1 = adj. A.
b3 c3 a3 c3 a3 b3 |A|
a3 b3 c3
Reversal law : If A, B, C are invertible matrices of same
= a1(b2c3 – b3c2) – b1(a2c3 – a3c2) + c1(a2b3 – a3b2)
order, then
= a1(b2c3 – b3c2) – a2(b1c3 – b3c1) + a3(b1c2 – b2c1)
(i) (AB)–1 = B–1 A–1
= Σ(± aibjck)
(ii) (ABC)–1 = C–1 B–1 A–1
To every square matrix A = [aij]m × n is associated a
number of function called the determinant of A and is Criterion of consistency of a system of linear equations
denoted by | A | or det A. (i) The non-homogeneous system AX = B, B ≠ 0 has
a11 a12 ... a1n unique solution if | A | ≠ 0 and the unique solution is
given by X = A–1B.
a 21 a22 ... a2 n
Thus, | A | = (ii) Cramer’s Rule : If | A | ≠ 0 and X = (x1, x2,..., xn)′
M M M
| Ai |
an1 an 2 ... a nn then for each i =1, 2, 3, …, n ; xi = where
|A|
If A = [aij]n × n, then the matrix obtained from A after Ai is the matrix obtained from A by replacing the
deleting ith row and jth column is called a submatrix ith column with B.
of A. The determinant of this submatrix is called a (iii) If | A | = 0 and (adj. A) B = O, then the system
minor or aij. AX = B is consistent and has infinitely many
Sum of products of elements of a row (or column) in solutions.
a det with their corresponding cofactors is equal to (iv) If | A | = 0 and (adj. A) B ≠ O, then the system
the value of the determinant. AX = B is inconsistent.
n n
(v) If | A | ≠ 0 then the homogeneous system AX = O
i.e., ∑
i =1
aij Cij = | A | and ∑a
j =1
ij Cij = | A |. has only null solution or trivial solution
(i.e., x1 = 0, x2 = 0, …. xn = 0)
(i) If all the elements of any two rows or two columns
(vi) If | A | = 0, then the system AX = O has non-null
of a determinant ate either identical or
solution.
proportional, then the determinant is zero.
(i) Area of a triangle having vertices at (x1, y1), (x2, y2)
(ii) If A is a square matrix of order n, then
x1 y1 1
| kA | = kn | A |. 1
and (x3, y3) is given by x2 y 2 1
(iii) If ∆ is determinant of order n and ∆′ is the 2
determinant obtained from ∆ by replacing the x3 y 3 1
elements by the corresponding cofactors, then (ii) Three points A(x1, y1), B(x2, y2) and C(x3, y3) are
∆′ = ∆ n–1
collinear iff area of ∆ABC = 0.
(iv) Determinant of a skew-symmetric matrix of odd A square matrix A is called an orthogonal matrix if
order is always zero. AA′ = AA′ = I.
The determinant of a square matrix can be evaluated A square matrix A is called unitary if AAθ = AθA = I
by expanding from any row or column.
(i) The determinant of a unitary matrix is of modulus
If A = [aij]n × n is a square matrix and Cij is the unity.
cofactor of aij in A, then the transpose of the matrix
obtained from A after replacing each element by the (ii) If A is a unitary matrix then A′, A , Aθ, A–1 are
corresponding cofactor is called the adjoint of A and unitary.
is denoted by adj. A. (iii) Product of two unitary matrices is unitary.
Thus, adj. A = [Cij]′. Differentiation of Determinants :
Properties of adjoint of a square matrix Let A = | C1 C2 C3 | is a determinant then
(i) If A is a square matrix of order n, then dA
A . (adj. A) = (adj . A) A = | A | In. = | C′1 C2 C3 | + | C1 C′2 C3 | + | C1 C2 C′3 |
dx
(ii) If | A | = 0, then A (adj. A) = (adj. A) A = O.
Same process we have for row.
(iii) | adj . A | = | A |n –1 if | A | ≠ 0
Thus, to differentiate a determinant, we differentiate one
(iv) adj. (AB) = (adj. B) (adj. A). column (or row) at a time, keeping others unchanged.
(v) adj. (adj. A) = | A |n – 2 A.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 45 MAY 2011

 Based on New Pattern
a

IIT-JEE 2012
XtraEdge Test Series # 1
Time : 3 Hours
Syllabus : Physics : Essential Mathematics, Vector, Units & Dimension, Motion in One dimension, Projectile
motion, Circular motion, Electrostatics & Gauss's Law, Capacitance, Current electricity, Alternating Current,
Magnetic Field, E.M.I. Chemistry : Mole Concept, Chemical Bonding, Atomic Structure, Periodic Table, Chemical
Kinetics, Electro Chemistry, Solid state, Solutions, Surface Chemistry, Nuclear Chemistry. Mathematics:
Trigonometric Ratios, Trigonmetrical Equation, Inverse Trigonmetrical Functions, Properties of Triangle, Radii of
Circle, Function, Limit, Continiuty, Differentiation, Application of Differentiation (Tangent & Normal,
Monotonicity, Maxima & Minima)
Instructions : [Each subject contain]
Section – I : Question 1 to 7 are multiple choice questions with only one correct answer. +3 marks will be
awarded for correct answer and -1 mark for wrong answer.
Section – II : Question 8 to 11 are multiple choice questions with multiple correct answer. +4 marks will be
awarded for correct answer and No Negative marks for wrong answer.
Section – III : Question 12 to 16 are passage based single correct type questions. +3 marks will be awarded for
correct answer and -1 mark for wrong answer.
Section – IV : Question 17 to 23 are Numerical Response Question (single digit Ans. type) +4 marks will be
awarded for correct answer and No Negative marks for wrong answer.

3. The velocity of a car is given by

PHYSICS v = (10 m/s2)t – (5 m/s2) t2
Initially car at x = 0 at t = 0. Time taken by the car
Question 1 to 7 are multiple choice questions. Each
to reach its maximum positive x-coordinates is -
questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
which ONLY ONE is correct. (A) 0 s (B) 1 s
1. A rectangular piece of aluminum is 5.10 ± 0.01 cm (C) 2 s (D) 1.5 s
long and 1.90 ± 0.01 cm wide. The area of the
rectangle is written as - 4. For the circuit shown here keys k1 and k3 are closed
(A) (9.69 ± 0.03) cm2 (B) (9.69 ± 0.01) cm2 for 1 second. Key k2 is closed at the instant k1 and
(C) (9.69 ± 0.02) cm2 (D) (9.69 ± 0.07) cm2 k3 are opened. Maximum charge on the capacitor
after key k2 is closed is –
2. One body fall freely from a point P at a height
H + h as shown in figure whilst another body is 2V k1
projected upwards with an initial velocity v0. from
point R at the same time as the first body begins to 0.5 Ω
fall and second body meet at a point Q at a height h. 2F
The maximum height attained by of the second
body for the given initial velocity is - k2
P 2H

H k3
Q 4V 2Ω
h
R
 1  1
(A) 21 – Cb (B) 4 2 1 – Cb
(H + h ) 2  e  e
(A) H + h (B)
4h
(H + h ) 2 (H + h ) 2  1
(C) 81 – Cb (D) zero
(C) (D)  e
4H h

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 46 MAY 2011

5. The circuit shown in the diagram extends to the (A) Velocity of the particle at t = 6 s is 14 m/s
right into infinity. Each battery has emf ε(unknown) (B) Position of the particle at t = 2 s is x = 4 m
and internal resistance r. Each resistor has the (C) Velocity of the particle at t = 4 s is 4 m/s
resistance 4r. The reading of ideal ammeter shown
(D) Position of the particle at t = 2 s is x = 8 m
in the diagram is I. Find the value of ε is terms of I
and r 9. A particle is projected with a speed v and an angle
4r 4r 4r θ with horizontal. Choose the correct statements -
(A) Speed of the particle is zero at highest point
(B) Speed of the particle is minimum at highest
point
A ε,r ε,r ε,r
(C) Acceleration of particle through out he motion
is constant
(D) Acceleration of particle varies with time
10. A
(A) 4.82 I r (B) 6.82 I r
(C) 1.82 I r (D) 10.82 I r
6. The metal (hollow) sphere of radius R, 2R and 3R 20 Ω 30 Ω
are placed into each other such that their centres are
at the same point. The inner sphere is given a B D
charge of Q. the middle one is charged to 2Q and
the outer one is charged to 3Q. Find the potentials, 100 Ω 150 Ω
measured from the common centre of the circles, at
a distance 4R, if the potential at the centre is taken
C
to be zero -
(A) VB – VC is greatest (B) VA = VC
3 KQ 3 KQ
(A) (B) – (C) VB – VD is greatest (D) VA = VD
2 R 2 R
KQ KQ 11. Two charged particles M and N enters a space of
(C) (D) – uniform magnetic field with velocities
R 2R
perpendiculars to the magnetic field. The paths are
7. Which of these is not correct regarding eddy as shown in the figure. The possible reasons for
current? different paths may be -
(A) Eddy currents result due to motion of a × ××××××××××
metallic plate in magnetic field × ××××××××××
× ××××××××××
(B) Eddy currents are minimised in transformer by × ××××××××××
using laminated core with metal laminations × ××××××××××
× ××××××××××
(C) In induction furnace, eddy currents raise × ××××××××××
temperature of metal upto melting point × × × × × ×M
× ×N ×××
× ××××××××××
(D) Eddy currents are named so, as they propagate
(A) The charge of M is greater than that of N.
similar to swirling eddies in water
(B) The momentum of M is greater than that of N
Questions 8 to 11 are multiple choice questions. Each (C) Specific charge of M is greater than that of N
questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of (D) The speed of M is less than that of N
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) is correct.
8. Acceleration-time graph of particle moving along This section contains 2 paragraphs, one has 3
x-axis is given by multiple choice questions and other has 2 multiple
choice questions (Question 12 to 16). Each questions
a has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY
(m/s2) 4 ONE is correct.
2 Passage : I (Q. No. 12 to 14)
Velocity of the river with respect to ground is
given v0 with of the river is d. A swimmer swims
(with respect to water) perpendicular to the current
t(s) with acceleration a = t (where t is time) starting
2 4 6 from rest from the origin O at t = 0
Initially particle is at rest and at origin -

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 47 MAY 2011

 y 16. What current is flowing through the consumer
when the velocity of the body of mass m is 3m/s -
(A) 1 Amp (B) 3 Amp
d v0 (C) 2 Amp (D) 4 Amp
x
O This section contains 7 questions (Q.17 to 23).
12. The time of crossing the river is - +4 marks will be given for each correct answer and
no negative marking. The answer to each of the
(A) (d)1/3 (B) (6d)1/3 questions is a SINGLE-DIGIT INTEGER, ranging
1/3
(C) (2d) (D) None of these from 0 to 9. The appropriate bubbles below the
13. The drift of the swimmer is - respective question numbers in the OMR have to be
darkened. For example, if the correct answers to
(A) v0(d)1/3 (B) v0(2d)1/3
1/3 question numbers X, Y, Z and W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and
(C) v0(6d) (D) None of these 2, respectively, then the correct darkening of bubbles
14. The equation of trajectory of the path followed by will look like the following :
the swimmer - X Y Z W
2
x x 0 0 0 0
(A) y = (B) y =
v0 2 v 02 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
x3 3 3 3 3
(C) y = (D) None of these
6v 30 4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5
Passage : II (Q. No. 15 to 16)
6 6 6 6
A metal ring having three metallic spokes of length
r = 0.2 m is in vertical plane and can spin around a 7 7 7 7
fixed horizontal axis in a homogeneous magnetic 8 8 8 8
field of a magnetic induction B = 0.5 T. The lines 9 9 9 9
of magnetic field are perpendicular to the plane of
metal ring. Between the axis of the metal ring and 17. The speed of a motor launch with respect to the
its perimeter we connect a consumer of resistance flow of water in stream was v = 7 m/s, the speed of
of 0.15 Ω with the help of two sliding contact. We the stream was u = 3 m/s. When the launch began
fix a thread of negligible mass to the rim of the ring traveling upstream, a float was dropped from it.
and wind it several times around the ring and to its The launch traveled l = 4.2 km upstream, turned
end we fix a body of a mass of 20 g. At a given about and caught up with the float. How long was
moment we release the body of mass m. the friction it before the launch reached the float (Answer in
is negligible everywhere, the resistance of the ring, ................× 101 minutes)
the spokes and the connected wiring is also 18. A man is running with a speed 8 m/s constant in
negligible. magnitude and direction passes under a lantern
15. What is the torque exerted on the ring with spokes hanging at a height 10 m above the ground. Find
by the magnetic force when the body of mass m is the velocity which the edge of the shadow of the
moving with a constant velocity - man's head moves over the ground with if has
height is 2 m. (Answer in ............ × 101 m/sec)
B 19. Two motor vehicles run at constant speeds 5 m/s
each along highways intersecting at an angle 60º.
In what time after they meet at the intersection will
the distance between the vehicles be 10 3 m.

20. A boy is standing on an open truck. Truck is

moving with an acceleration 2m/s2 on horizontal
road. When speed of truck is 10 m/s, boy projected
m a ball with velocity 10 m/s in vertical upward
direction relative to himself (take g = 10 m/s2).
After how many seconds of projection of ball, ball
(A) 0.02 N-m (B) 0.04 N-m is moving backward horizontally as seen by boy.
(C) 0.06 N-m (D) 0.08 N-m

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 48 MAY 2011

21. A current carrying loop is placed in a uniform 1  2 2 n – 2 – 1  1 1  2 2 n – 2 – 1  1
magnetic field pointing in negative z direction. (C) (D)
Branch PQRS is a three quarter circle, while n – 1  a n –1  k n – 2  a 2 n –1  k
branch PS is straight. If force on branch PS is
2. An important application of radioactive decay is in
2 F. Force on branch PQR is given a × F. Then the dating of rocks, fossils, and ancient objects.
value of a is. Naturally occurring radioactive uranium -238
y 92
decays in a series of 238 U steps that finally lead to
P 206
the stable isotope Pb.
A sample of rock is found to contain 23.2 mg of
x uranium -238 and 1.42 mg of lead -206. If the half-
Q S
life of 238U92 is 4.51 × 109 years, what is the age of
R rock ?
(A) 1.8 × 1010 years (B) 4.4 × 108 years
22. One of the sides of the frame shown in the figure
(C) 1.7 × 109 years (D) 2.8 × 107 years
can move. The frame is in uniform magnetic field
of B0. Which is perpendicular to the plane of the
3. For a reaction A → Product, half-life measured for
frame. At the time t= 0. the magnetic field begins
two different values of initial concentrations 5 ×
B0 10–3 M and 25 × 10–4 M are 1.0 and 8.0 hrs
to decrease as B(t) = . Side of the frame is
1 + kt respectively. If initial concentration is adjusted to
moving with velocity v in order not to induce 1.25 × 10–3 M, the new half-life would be :
electric current in it. If the value of k is 3 sec–1, (A) 16 hrs (B) 32 hrs
then v = ........... × a. (C) 64 hrs (D) 256 hrs
a
t=0
4. Consider the following standard reduction
B B potentials :
b v Half reaction (V)
Ni2+(aq) + 2e– Ni (s) Eº = – 0.23 V
Fe2+(aq) + 2e– Fe (s) Eº = – 0.41 V
23. Two circular rings of identical radii and resistance Mn2+(aq) + 2e– Mn (s) Eº = – 1.03 V
of 36 Ω each are placed in such a way that they Co2+(aq) + 2e– Co (s) Eº = – 0.28 V
cross each other's centre C1 and C2 a shown in Cr2+(aq) + 2e– Cr(s) Eº = – 0.74 V
figure. Conducting joints are made at intersection
points A and B of the rings. An ideal cell of emf 20 Which of the following metals could be used
V is connected across AB. The power delivered by successfully to galvanize steel?
cell is ........ × 25 watt. (A) Ni only (B) Ni and Co
A
(C) Fe only (D) Mn and Cr
C1 C2 5. A beaker contains a small amount of gold dust
(Au(s)). Which of the following aqueous solution,
B when added to the beaker, would dissolve the gold
dust (ie, convert Au (s) to + Au3+ (aq))?
Half reaction Eº (at 25ºC)
CHEMISTRY Zn2+ + 2e– → Zn – 0.76
3+ –
Al + 3e → Al –1.66
Question 1 to 7 are multiple choice questions. Each
questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of O2 + 2H+ + 2e– → H2O2 0.70
2– – – 3+
which ONLY ONE is correct. Cr2O7 + 6e + H → 2Cr 1.23
1. For a general nth order process A → P with initial Au3+ + 3e– → Au 1.50
+ –
concentration of reactant "a" and rate constant k, O2 + 4H + 4e → 2Η2Ο 1.30
the expression for time for 75% completion of
reaction is - (A) Cr2O72– (acidic solution)
(B) H2O2 (acidic solution)
1  2 n –1 – 2  1 1  2 2 n – 2 – 2  1 (C) Al3+
(A) (B)
n – 1  a n –1  k n – 1  a n –1  k (D) Zn2+

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 49 MAY 2011

6. Choose the INCORRECT statement from the
following
(A) Hexagonal closest packed (HCP) and cubic
closest packed (CCP) structures have
coordination numbers of 12 and 7, respectively
(B) HCP and CCP structures involve ABABAB
and ABCABCABC stacking, respectively
(C) HCP and CCP structures involve the same net
packing density
(D) Metals can crystallize in either HCP or CCP
structures, depending on the element
7. C60 (buckyball) is cubic closest packed (face-
centred cubic) in its crystalline form. If you insert
potassium atoms into all the tetrahedral and
octahedral holes of the C60 structure, the formula
would become KxC60. What is the value of x ?
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) None
Questions 8 to 11 are multiple choice questions. Each
questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) is correct.
8. Which one of the following statements is (are) in a
concentration cell made of Fe in 0.010 M Fe2+ (aq)
and Fe in 0.10 M Fe2+ (aq)?
(A)The Eºcell = 0
(B) ∆G = 0
(C) The cell reaction is Fe2+ (aq 0.010 M) →
Fe2+ (aq, 0.10 M)
(D) At equilibrium, the [Fe ]anode = [Fe2+]cathode
2+
9. The emf of a galvanic cell depends upon
(A) surface area of electrodes
(B) concentration of electrolyte
(C) volume of electrolyte
(D) temperature
10. To 20 mL of 0.1 M barium chloride solution 0.2
mL of 3 M chromium sulphate is added BaSO4
formed is completely insoluble and all the salts are
completely dissociated (Change in volume is
ignored). Then,
(A) boiling point is raised
(B) boiling point is lowered
(C) freezing point does not change
(D) freezing point is increased
11. An atomic solid has hexagonal arrangement of unit
cell with height of hexagonal (in close packed
arrangement) as "h" The radius of atom in terms of
height is
2 h 2 solutions to be ideal dilute solutions and solute to
(A) 4 h (B)
3 4 3 be non-volatile, non-electrolytic.
h 3 h 3
(C) (D)
2 2 4 2
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
This section contains 2 paragraphs, one has 3
multiple choice questions and other has 2 multiple
choice questions (Question 12 to 16). Each questions
has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY
ONE is correct.
Passage : I (Q. No. 12 to 14)
The structure of unit cell of perovskite – a salt of
lanthanum(La), manganese (Mn) and oxygen, has
Mn2+ at the each corner, oxide on every edge
centre and a lanthanum ion at the body centre.
12. What is the empirical formula of the salt?
(A) LaMnO2 (B) LaMn2O3
(C) LaMnO3 (D) Both (B) and (C)
13. What are the coordination ion numbers of Mn; La
and O, respectively?
(A) 6, 2, 8 (B) 6, 4, 12
(C) 8, 4, 8 (D) 6, 12, 2
14. Considering the closed packed arrangement of ions,
which of the following statement regarding the
ionic radii is most the appropriate?
(A) rLa 4 + > rO 2 –
(B) rLa 4 + > rMn 2 +
(C) Edgelength of unit cell = rMn 2 + + rO 2 –
(D) None of the above
Passage : II (Q. No. 15 to 16)
Properties such as vapour pressure, boiling point,
freezing point of pure solvent changes when solute
molecules are added in order to prepare
homogeneous solution. These are called colligative
properties. Application of colligative properties are
very useful in day to day life. One of its examples
is the use of ethylene glycol and water mixture as
anti-freezing agent in the radiator of automobiles. A
solution M is prepared by mixing ethanol and
water. The mole fraction of ethanol in the mixture
is 0.90. Also given are the following information :
Kf of water = 1.86 K kg mol–1; Kf of ethanol = 2.00
K kg mol–1; Kb of water = 0.52 K kg mol–1, kb of
ethanol = 1.20 K kg mol–1; Standard freezing point
of water = 273 K; Standard freezing point of
ethanol = 155.7 K
Standard boiling point of water = 373 K; Standard
boiling point of ethanol = 351.5 K
Vapour pressure of pure water = 32.8 mm of Hg;
vapour pressure of pure ethanol = 40 mm of Hg. In
answering the following questions, consider the
15. The freezing point of solution M is
(A) 268.7 K (B) 268.5 K
(C) 234.2 K (D) 150.9 K
50 MAY 2011
16. The vapour pressure of solution M is
(A) 39.3 mm of Hg (B) 36.0 mm of Hg MATHEMATICS
(C) 29.5 mm of Hg (D) 28.8 mm of Hg
Question 1 to 7 are multiple choice questions. Each
This section contains 7 questions (Q.17 to 23). questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
+3 marks will be given for each correct answer and which ONLY ONE is correct.
no negative marking. The answer to each of the
 πx 
questions is a SINGLE-DIGIT INTEGER, ranging 1. If tan2   f (x) = 1 + cos 2πx + | f (x)|, then
from 0 to 9. The appropriate bubbles below the  9 
respective question numbers in the OMR have to be f (3) is equal to -
darkened. For example, if the correct answers to 1 1
question numbers X, Y, Z and W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and (A) (B) –
2, respectively, then the correct darkening of bubbles 2 2 2
will look like the following : –1 1
X Y Z W (C) (D)
2 2 2
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2. If y = x3 – c and y = x2 + ax + b touch each other at
|a|+|b|+|c|
3 3 3 3 the point (1, 2), then is equal to -
| a+b–c|
4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5 (A) 1 (B) 0
6 6 6 6 (C) 2 (D) None of these
7 7 7 7
8 8 8 8 3. If the domain of the function
9 9 9 9 1
f (x) = is R then number of
2
17. A body-centred cubic lattice is made-up of two ln( x + 2ax + 9 – 3a )
types of atoms, A and B in which A occupy the integral values of a is -
body-centre, while B is the corners. Due to some (A) 8 (B) 10 (C) 5 (D) 6
imperfections in the solid, one corner is left
unoccupied per unit cell and formula of the solid is
AxBy. Here x is. 4. If the vertical distance between the graphs
2 x + 33 x + 55 x
18. In HCP arrangement of atoms, coordination y= & y = k approaches to zero
number of atoms in the same layer is, 3x – 5 + 3 2 x – 3
as x approaches to infinity, then the value of 'k' is -
19. If an aqueous NaCl solution is electrolysed using a
current of 5 A for 200 min, Volume of Cl2(g) in 2 3
(A) (B) (C) 1 (D) 0
litres, produced under STP condition is 3 2
(F = 96000 C).
20. Equivalent conductance of 0.2 aqueous solution of 5. The length of the sub tangent to the curve
a weak monobasic acid (HA) is 10 S cm2 equiv–1
and that at infinite dilution is 200 S cm2 equiv–1. x 3 ( x 2 + 1)
y= 3 at x = 1 is -
Hence, pH of this solution is. 5
5– x
21. How many Faradays of electricity is required for 81 20 27 20
electrolysis of 72 g of acidified water? (A) (B) (C) (D)
20 81 20 27
22. A 0.4 molal aqueous solution of NaxA has freezing
point of –3.27º C. If Kf of water is 1.86 K kg mol–1, 6. If (f (x))(n) represents nth order derivative of the
the value of x is : (Assume complete of ionization function y = f (x) & g(x) = (ln (x))(5) , then g(x) is
of salt NaxA). always -
23. Solubility product of PbCl2 at 25ºC is 4 × 10–6 . Kf (A) increasing and concave up
of water is 2K kg mol–1. When PbCl2 is dissolved
(B) increasing & concave down
in water its saturated solution, the freezing point
(C) decreasing and concave up
 m º
decreases by   . The value of "m" is - (D) decreasing & concave down
 100 

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 51 MAY 2011

7. If the equation 3x4 – 16x3 + 30x2 – 24x + 12 = 12a Passage : I (Q. No. 12 to 14)
has exactly 2 solution then the complete set of Consider a function f (x) satisfying a functional
value of 'a' is - rule f (x) + 2f (1 – x) = x2 + 1, ∀ x ∈ R. Let g(x) be
1  another function such that g'(x) = 3 f (x) ∀ x ∈ R
(A)  , ∞  (B) (3, ∞) and g(0) = 0. x-axis touches the graph of y = g(x) at
3 
(a, 0).
(C) (– 1, ∞) (D) (1, ∞) 12. The range of the function f (sin x) is -
(A) [0, 8] (B) [1, 8]
Questions 8 to 11 are multiple choice questions. Each
questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of 1 8  8
(C)  ,  (D) 0, 
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) is correct. 3 3  3
| x| | x|
8. If f (x) = a{a sgn x} ; g(x) = a[ a sgn x ] for a > 1 and 13. If the number of solutions of the equation g(|x|) = k
be 2, then the range of values of k, are -
x ∈ R0, where {.} & [.] denotes the fractional part
and integral part functions respectively, then which  4  4
(A)  0,  (B)  0, 
of the following statements holds good for the  3  3
function h(x), where (lna) h(x) = (ln f (x) + lng(x))
4  4 
(A) h is even (B) h is odd (C)  , ∞  (D)  , ∞ 
(C) h is decreasing (D) h is increasing 3  3 
14. If the area of triangle formed by the points
9. If f (x) = max (sin–1x, cos–1x) and (k, 0), (k, g(k)) & (a, 0) is maximum, where
 1  π k ∈ (0, 3) then the value of k is
g(x) = f  x +  – , then identify correct
 2 4 3 4 5
(A) (B) 1 (C) (D)
statements 4 3 2
 3π 
(A) range of g(x) is 0,  Passage : II (Q. No. 15 to 16)
 4
Let the function f and g be defined by
(B) g(x) is not differentiable at x = 0
 x for x ∈ [0,1)
 π 3π  
(C) g(x) = k have only one solution is k ∈  ,  f (x) =  2 – x for x ∈ [1,2)
4 4 
 f ( x + 2) for all x
(D) f (cos 5) + f (sin 5) = 7π – 15 
and g(x) = 4f (3x) + 1 for all x.
10. Identify surjective functions -
 π 15. Sum of all the solutions of the equation f (x) = 0.6
(A) f :  0,  → [12, ∞), f (x) = 4 tan2x + 9 cot2x for 0 ≤ x ≤ 7 is
 2
(A) 23.64 (B) 13.44
(B) f : [0, 2π] → [0, 50], f (x) = 24cosx – 7sinx +25 (C) 31.04 (D) None of these
(C) f : R → R, f (x) = (2x + 5) (3x + 7) (4x + 9)
|x|   5 
(D) f : R → [0, 1), f (x) = 16. tan  2 tan –1 f    is equal to -
| x | +1   3 
3 1 2 4
11. If f is a function defined from R to R such that (A) (B) (C) (D)
f(f (f (x))) – (f (f (x)))3 = f (f (x)), then - 4 3 3 3
(A) f (x) has exactly two real roots
(B) f (x) is continuous everywhere This section contains 7 questions (Q.17 to 23).
+4 marks will be given for each correct answer and
(C) f (x) is surjective function
no negative marking. The answer to each of the
(D) f (x) = f –1(x) at x = 0 questions is a SINGLE-DIGIT INTEGER, ranging
from 0 to 9. The appropriate bubbles below the
This section contains 2 paragraphs, one has 3 respective question numbers in the OMR have to be
multiple choice questions and other has 2 multiple darkened. For example, if the correct answers to
choice questions (Question 12 to 16). Each questions question numbers X, Y, Z and W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and
has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY 2, respectively, then the correct darkening of bubbles
ONE is correct. will look like the following :

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 52 MAY 2011

 X Y Z W
0 0 0 0 WHAT ARE EARTHQUAKES?
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7
8 8 8 8
9 9 9 9

Earthquakes like hurricanes are not only super

2[ x] – {x} , If x < 0
17. Let f (x) =  , where {x} and destructive forces but continue to remain a mystery
[ x] + 3{x} , If x ≥ 0
in terms of how to predict and anticipate them. To
[x] are the fractional part and greatest integer of x
respectively. The number of solutions of the understand the level of destruction associated with
equation f (x) – x = {x} ∀ x ∈ [– 8, 8] are. earthquakes you really need to look at some
examples of the past.
 sin( x + 1 / h)  π
18. If f (x) = lim h ln ; 0 < x < , If we go back to the 27th July 1976 in Tangshan,
h →∞  sin x  2
China, a huge earthquake racked up an official
then number of points where f (x) is discontinuous
is. death toll of 255,000 people. In addition to this an
estimated 690,000 were also injured, whole
19. If set of value of 'p' for which the equation families, industries and areas were wiped out in the
2x blink of a second. The scale of destruction is hard to
sin –1 + px = 0 has exactly three solutions is
1+ x2 imagine but earthquakes of all scales continue to
(l, m) then 8m – l is. happen all the time.
20. If the equation 2|x – 2| – |x + 1| + x = k, has infinite So what exactly are they ? Well the earths outer
solutions then the value of k is. layer is made up of a thin crust divided into a
number of plates. The edges of these plates are
 
 n  referred to as boundaries and it’s at these
2 1
21. The value of  lim
 n →∞ n r =1 ∑  , where [.]
 2r  
boundaries that the plates collide, slide and rub
 1 + cos   against each other. Over time when the pressure at
  n 
the plate edges gets too much, something has to
represents greatest integer function, is.
give which results in the sudden and often violent
22. The greatest value of the function tremblings we know as earthquakes.
log ( 4 + 10 )
(cos2θ – 6 sinθ cosθ + 3 sin2θ + 2) is. The strength of an earthquake is measured using a
machine called a seismograph. It records the
23. From a point on the curve trembling of the ground and scientists are able to
y = sin–1 x + cos–1 – x a tangent is drawn to the measure the exact power of the quake via a scale
π known as the richter scale. The numbers range from
curve g(x) = x + cos x + – 1. Then sum of its
2 1-10 with 1 being a minor earthquake (happen
intercepts on coordinate axes is. multiple times per day and in most case we don’t
even feel them) and 7-10 being the stronger quakes
(happen around once every 10-20 years). There’s a
lot to learn about earthquakes so hopefully we’ll
release some more cool facts in the coming months.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 53 MAY 2011

 Based on New Pattern

IIT-JEE 2013
XtraEdge Test Series # 1
Time : 3 Hours
Syllabus : Physics : Essential Mathematics, Vector, Units & Dimension, Motion in One dimension, Projectile motion,
Circular motion. Chemistry : Mole Concept, Chemical Bonding, Atomic Structure, Periodic Table. Mathematics:
Trigonometric Ratios, Trigonmetrical Equation, Inverse Trigonmetrical Functions, Properties of Triangle, Radii of
Circle
Instructions : [Each subject contain]
Section – I : Question 1 to 7 are multiple choice questions with only one correct answer. +3 marks will be awarded
for correct answer and -1 mark for wrong answer.
Section – II : Question 8 to 11 are multiple choice questions with multiple correct answer. +4 marks will be awarded
for correct answer and No Negative marks for wrong answer.
Section – III : Question 12 to 16 are passage based single correct type questions. +3 marks will be awarded for correct
answer and -1 mark for wrong answer.
Section – IV : Question 17 to 23 are Numerical Response Question (single digit Ans. type) +4 marks will be awarded
for correct answer and No Negative marks for wrong answer.

PHYSICS 4. Correct graph of 3x + 4y + 1 = 0 is -

Y Y
Question 1 to 7 are multiple choice questions. Each 1 1/4
questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of (A) X (B) X
which ONLY ONE is correct.
d
1. tan x Y Y
dx
1 (C) X (D) X
(A) 2 sec2x (tan x)–1/2 (B) sec2x (tan x)–1/2
2 –1/4
–1/4
1
(C) (tan x)–1/2 (D) 2 (tan x ) –1/2
2
5. Correct graph of y – 1 = x2 is -
Y Y
d ( x 2 + 1)
2.
dx x + 1 (A) X (B) X
2 2
x + 2x – 1 x – 2x + 1
(A) (B)
( x + 1) 2 ( x + 1) 2
Y Y
2 2
x + 2x – 1 x + 2x + 1
(C) (D) (C) X (D) X
x +1 ( x + 1) 2

→ → → → → →
3. If | A × B | = 3 (A . B) , then the value of (A + B) → ^ ^
is - 6. If r = bt2 i + ct3 j , where b and c are positive
1/ 2 constant, the time at which velocity vector makes
 AB 
(A) (A2 + B2 + AB)1/2 (B)  A 2 + B 2 +  an angle θ = 60º with positive y-axis is -
 3  c 2b
(A) (B)
b 3 3c
(C) A + B (D) )A2 + B2 + 3 AB)1/2
2c 2b
(C) (D)
3b 3c

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 54 MAY 2011

7. A man throws a stone in vertical upward direction 12. Change in velocity as object rotates by an angle 90º
from ground and reach maximum height H. During is -
ascent, he travels a distance of H/5 in the last (A) zero (B) 2u0
second. Then H is equal to : (Take g = 10 m/s2)
(A) 25 m (B) 20 m (C) 2 u0 (D) 3 u0
(C) 10 m (D) data is insufficient 13. Direction of change in velocity in above question
is-
Questions 8 to 11 are multiple choice questions. Each
questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of (A) south-east (B) south-west
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) is correct. (C) south (D) west

8. Which of the following graph(s) is/are not possible? 14. Charge in velocity as objects rotates by an angle
180º is -
(A) zero (B) 2 u0 towards west
Distance
Distance

(C) 2 u0 towards west (D) 2 u0 towards south

(A) (B)
Passage : II (No. 15 to 16)
O Time O Time A particle is projected from ground with a velocity
u and an angle 53º with the horizontal. During
rising after t= 1 s angle made by the velocity vector
Distance

with the horizontal is 37º. (Take g = 10 m/s2)

Distance

(C) (D) 15. Value of u is

100 200
O t1 (A) m/s (B) m/s
O Time 7 7
Time
300
(C) m/s (D) date is insufficient
9. If the velocity of a body is constant - 7
(A) |Velocity | = speed 16. Speed of particle at the moment when angle is
(B) |Average velocity| = speed 37º -
(C) Velocity = average velocity
150
(D) Speed = average speed (A) 100 m/s (B) m/s
7
→ →
10. The two vectors A and B are drawn from a 100
(C) m/s (D) date is insufficient
→ → → 7
common point and C = A + B , then angle
→ → This section contains 7 questions (Q.17 to 23).
between A and B is - +4 marks will be given for each correct answer and
(A) 90º if C2 = A2 + B2 no negative marking. The answer to each of the
(B) greater than 90º if C2 < A2 + B2 questions is a SINGLE-DIGIT INTEGER, ranging
(C) greater than 90º if C2 > A2 + B2 from 0 to 9. The appropriate bubbles below the
(D) less than 90º if C2 > A2 + B2 respective question numbers in the OMR have to be
darkened. For example, if the correct answers to
11. Which of the following quantities are independent question numbers X, Y, Z and W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and
of the choice of orientation of the co-ordinate axes? 2, respectively, then the correct darkening of bubbles
→ → will look like the following :
(A) a + b (B) ax + by X Y Z W
→ → → → →
(C) | a + b – c | (D) Angle between a and b 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
This section contains 2 paragraphs, one has 3 2 2 2 2
multiple choice questions and other has 2 multiple 3 3 3 3
choice questions (Question 12 to 16). Each questions
4 4 4 4
has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY
ONE is correct. 5 5 5 5
Passage : I (No. 12 to 14) 6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7
An object is rotating on a horizontal circular track
with constant speed 'u0' in clock-wise direction. 8 8 8 8
Initially object was moving in east direction. 9 9 9 9

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 55 MAY 2011

17. A stone is projected from level ground. At a height
of 0.4 m above ground its velocity is found to be CHEMISTRY
→ ^ ^
v = ( 6 i + 2 j ) m/s. x-axis is along horizontal
Question 1 to 7 are multiple choice questions. Each
and y-axis vertically upwards). The angle of questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
projection with the vertical is found to be (10 m) which ONLY ONE is correct.
degree. Find the m.
1. Which of the following have identical geometry
18. A particle starts from the origin goes along the with same number of lone pair (s)?
x-axis to the point (30 m, 0 m) and then returns
(I) PCl5 (II) PF3Br2
along the same line to the point (–30 m, 0 m). The
distance travelled by the particle is (10 p) metre. (III) BrF5 (IV) SbF52–
Find the value of 'p'. (A) I and II (B) II and III
(C) III and IV (D) III, II and IV
19. A body initially at rest moving along x-axis in such
a way so that its acceleration Vs displacement plot
is as shown in figure. what will be the maximum 2. Polyethylene can be produced from calcium carbide
velocity of particle in m/sec. according to the following sequence of reactions
a CaC2 + H2O → CaO + HC ≡ CH

1 m/s2 nHC ≡ CH + nH2 → —CH2–CH2—

n

The mass of polyethylene which can be produced

from 40.0 kg of CaC2 is -
S (A) 6.75 kg (B) 17.5 kg
0.5 1m (C) 8.75 kg (D) 9.75 kg

20. If a cone of radius R and height R is taken out of a 3. sp3 hybridisation is in -

solid hemi sphere of radius R as shown in figure. (A) AlH4– (B) CH3–
Find the volume of remaining shaded part.
(C) Be4(CH3COO)6O (D) All of these
15
(given that R = 3 )
π 4. What will be the maximum spin multiplicity of 3d-
orbital?
(A) 4 (B) 6
(C) 5 (D) 10

5. Photons having energy equivalent to binding

R energy of 2nd state of Li+ ion are used at metal
surface of work function 10.6 eV. If the ejected
electrons are further accelerated through the
21. If y = 4x2 – 4x + 7. Find the minimum value of y. potential difference of 5 V then the minimum value
of de-Broglie wavelength associated with the
22. The area of a rectangle of size 1.25 cm × 1.55 cm is electron is -
1.9 y, where y is single digit numbers. Find y. (A) 2.45 Å (B) 9.15 Å
(C) 5 Å (D) 11 Å
23. A 2m wide truck is moving with a speed of 5 5
m/s along a straight horizontal road. A man starts 6. An impure sample of Ba(OH)2 (mol. wt. = 171) of
crossing the road with a uniform speed v when the mass 1 gram allowed to react with 80 ml of 0.20 M
truck is 4m away from him The minimum value of HCl (aq). When excess acid was titrated with
v (in m/s) to cross the truck safely is - NaOH, 20 ml of NaOH (aq) was required. 10 ml of
the same NaOH (aq) required 30 ml of the 0.1 M
HCl (aq.) in a separate titration percentage purity of
Ba(OH)2 sample is -
(A) 4.275 (B) 42.75
(C) 85.5 (D) None of these

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 56 MAY 2011

7. What may be the correct orbital notation if the Passage : I (Q. No. 12 to 14)
wave function is – In order to explain the existance of doublets in the
3/ 2 spectra of alkali metals, Goudsmit and Uhlenbeck
 1
1 
Ψ=   σ2e–σ/3 (3cos2θ – 1); Here σ = in 1925 proposed that electron has an intrinsic
81 6π  a 0 
 angular momentum due to spining about its own
h 2 ∈0 axis.
r/a0 and a0 = The value of spining a angular momentum of
πme 2 electron can be described by 2 spin quantum
(A) 4s (B) 2Px 2 number s and ms. The physical significance of s
(C) 3Py (D) 3dz and ms is similar as of l and ml.
12. The possible value of s for electron is -
Questions 8 to 11 are multiple choice questions. Each (A) 1/2 (B) – 1/2
questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of (C) 0 (D) 1
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) is correct.
8. Which of the following statements is/are true for 13. Relation between s and ms is :
P4S3 molecule - h
(A) s(s + 1) . cos θ = ms
(A) It contains six P–S bonds and three P-P-bonds 2π
(B) It contains six P-S bonds and ten lone pairs
(B) s(s + 1) cos θ = ms
(C) It has all atoms sp3-hybridised
(D) It contains six P-P bonds and ten lone pairs 3h
(C) = ms
4π
9. Which of the following species are correctly
matched with their geometries according to the (D) None of these
VSEPR theory -
(A) ClF2– → linear 14. Spin angular momentum of electron has magnitude
equal to :
(B) IF4+ → see – saw
(C) SnCl5– → trigonal bipyramidal 3h 3h
(A) (B)
•• 4π 2π
(D) N(SiH 3 ) 3 → pyramidal
nh
(C) (Here n is any positive integer)
10. Sodium borohydride (NaBH4) reacts with iodine to 2π
form boron triodide, Sodium iodide and HI. In an
1
experiment, 76 gram sodium borohydride is mixed (D)
with 300 gram of Iodine. In this reaction - 2
(A) NaBH4 is the excess reagent
(B) Iodine is the excess reagent Passage : II (Q. No. 15 to 16)
(C) If 39.2 gram of BI3 are formed, its percentage Ozone in the upper atomsphere absorbs ultraviolet
yield is 40 radiation which induce the following chemical
(D) The weight of the reagent remaining in excess reaction in –
is 64.78 gram O3(g) → O2(g) + O(g)
11. KCl has a dipole moment of 10 D. The inter ionic O2 produced in the above photochemical
distance in KCl is 2.6 Å. Which of the following dissociation undergoes further dissociation into one
statement are true for this compound ? normal oxygen atom and one more energetic
(A) The theoretical value of dipole moment, if the oxygen atom O*.
compound were completely ionic is 12.5 D. O2(g) → O + O*
(B) The % ionic character of the compound is 85 % If O* has 3eV more energy than O and normal
(C) It is a poor conductor of electricity dissociation energy of O2 is 480 KJ/mol. (Given
(D) The forces operating in this molecule are 1 eV/photon = 96 KJ/mol)
coulombic type
15. What is maximum wavelength effective for the
This section contains 2 paragraphs, one has 3 photochemical dissociation of O2 molecule -
multiple choice questions and other has 2 multiple
(A) 2440 Å (B) 1547 Å
choice questions (Question 12 to 16). Each questions
has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY (C) 1000 Å (D) 155 Å
ONE is correct.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 57 MAY 2011

16. Half a mole of photon is used to break the O3
molecule completely according to Ist reaction. O2
produced in this reaction dissociates according to
2nd reaction, then what is the total energy required
in KJ to carry out the dissociation of O2.
(A) 384 KJ (B) 280 KJ
(C) 480 KJ (D) 300 KJ
21. Find number of 120º bond angles in O = CF2.
22. Give number of H-atoms in H2C = SF4 which are
in plane of axial F-atoms.
23. For an element Zeff for its outermost electron is
3.55. If atomic radius of element is 0.75 Å, then
find out its electro negativity.

This section contains 7 questions (Q.17 to 23).

+4 marks will be given for each correct answer and
no negative marking. The answer to each of the MATHEMATICS
questions is a SINGLE-DIGIT INTEGER, ranging
from 0 to 9. The appropriate bubbles below the Question 1 to 7 are multiple choice questions. Each
respective question numbers in the OMR have to be questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
darkened. For example, if the correct answers to which ONLY ONE is correct.
question numbers X, Y, Z and W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and
2, respectively, then the correct darkening of bubbles 1 – sin 2θ + cos 2θ
1. If f (θ) = , then value of
will look like the following : 2 cos 2θ
X Y Z W f (11º) f (34º) equals -
0 0 0 0 1 3
(A) (B)
1 1 1 1 2 4
2 2 2 2 1
3 3 3 3 (C) (D) None of these
4
4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5 2. If 3 ≤ a < 4 then value of
6 6 6 6 sin–1(sin [a]) + tan–1(tan [a]) + sec–1(sec[a])
7 7 7 7 (where [.] denotes greatest integer function) is -
8 8 8 8 (A) 2π (B) 2π – 3
9 9 9 9 (C) 3 (D) 2π + 3

17. A compound exists in the gaseous phase both as 3. If sum of all solutions of equation
monomer (A) and dimer (A2). The molecular
weight of A is 60. In an experiment 240 g of the kπ
3cot2θ + 10 cotθ + 3 = 0 in [0, 2π] is where
compound was confined in a vessel of volume 2
32.84 litre and heated to 127º C. Calculate the k ∈ I then k equals -
pressure (in atm) developed if the compound exists (A) 3 (B) 6
as dimer to the extent of 50% by weight under (C) 10 (D) 15
these conditions.
18. Li2+ ion in its ground state absorbs a photon of 4. Range of k for which
energy 183 electron volt. Electron of Li2+ ion k cos2x – k cos x + 1 ≥ 0 ∀ x ∈ R is -
strikes the He+ ion. (in Å) after being struck by 1
electron of Li2+ ion. (A) k < – (B) k > 4
2
19. First ionization energy of Li is 13.6 eV. If it is 1
assumed that outermost electron of Li revolves (C) – ≤k≤4 (D) None of these
2
under the influence of nucleus which is shielded by
inner two electrons in first orbit of Li, then find out
by what amount of charge inner two electrons 5. If sin (sin x + cos x) = cos (cos x – sin x ) then
shield the nucleus? largest possible value of sin x is -
1
20. A photon of 50 eV energy strikes a metal surface (A) (B) 1
2
(having work function 1.64 eV). Photoelectron
ejected from metal with maximum kinetic energy 16 – π 2 π
strikes He+ ion (in ground state). (C) (D)
4 4
Find out de-Broglie wavelength of electron of He+
ion finally in Å.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 58 MAY 2011

6. If ∆ is area of ∆ABC and length of two sides are 3 Passage : I (Q. No. 12 to 14)
& 5 respectively, if third side is c, then Let α ± β is not an odd multiple of π.
c 2 + 16c + 64 c 2 + 16c + 54 α+β
(A) ∆ ≤ (B) ∆ = If cos α + cos β = b, sin α + sin β = a, θ =
12 3 8 2
na(a – b)
c 2 + 16c + 74 and sin 2θ + cos 2θ = 1 + where n ∈ I
(C) ∆ > (D) None of these a2 + b2
4 3 then
7. A point Q is selected at random inside the 12. Value of n is -
equilateral triangle. If sum of lengths of (A) 0 (B) 1
perpendicular dropped on sides from Q is P. Then (C) – 2 (D) None of these
altitude of triangle is -
P P 13. If cosecnx = A then sin 3A. sin A is polynomial in
(A) (B) x, whose degree is equal to -
2 3
(A) 5 (B) 4 (C) 2 (D) 3
(C) P (D) None of these
14. If degree of polynomial obtained in above question
Questions 8 to 11 are multiple choice questions. Each is p then max. value of (p + 1) sin x + (p + 2) cos x
questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of is -
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) is correct.
(A) p + 2 (B) p + 3
8. If cotθ + tanθ = x and secθ – cosθ = y, then -
(C) p + 1 (D) None of these
(A) x sinθ . cosθ = 1
(B) sin2θ = y cosθ Passage : II (Q. No. 15 to 16)
(C) (x2y)1/3 + (xy2)1/3 = 1 Let sides of a triangle are a = n + 1, b = n + 2 &
(D) (x2y)2/3 – (xy2)2/3 = 1 4
c = n with sin C = , then answer the following.
5
θ
9. If 0 ≤ θ ≤ π and sin = 1 + sin θ – 1 – sin θ 15. Area of ∆ABC is -
2
then possible values of tanθ is/are - (A) 84 (B) 72
4 3 (C) 60 (D) None o these
(A) (B) –
3 4 16. Largest exradius of circle escribing ∆ABC -
4 (A) 12 (B) 14
(C) – (D) 0 (C) 16 (D) None of these
3

 1  This section contains 7 questions (Q.17 to 25).

10. If  cos 2 x + 2
 (1 + tan 2y) (3 + sin 3z) = 4 +4 marks will be given for each correct answer and
 cos 2 x  no negative marking. The answer to each of the
then - questions is a SINGLE-DIGIT INTEGER, ranging
(A) x is a multiple of π from 0 to 9. The appropriate bubbles below the
(B) x is a multiple of 2π respective question numbers in the OMR have to be
darkened. For example, if the correct answers to
(C) y is a multiple of π/2 question numbers X, Y, Z and W (say) are 6, 0, 9 and
(D) None of these 2, respectively, then the correct darkening of bubbles
will look like the following :
11. In a ∆ABC, if r = 1, R = 3, s = 5 which of the
following is/are correct (where a, b, c represent X Y Z W
sides of triangle) - 0 0 0 0
(A) ar ∆ABC = 5 1 1 1 1
(B) Product of sides of ∆ABC is 60 2 2 2 2
(C) a2 + b2 + c2 = 24 3 3 3 3
(D) Sum of exradii of ∆ABC is 13 4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5
This section contains 2 paragraphs, one has 3 6 6 6 6
multiple choice questions and other has 2 multiple
choice questions (Question 12 to 16). Each questions 7 7 7 7
has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY 8 8 8 8
ONE is correct. 9 9 9 9

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 59 MAY 2011

 sin 3θ – 1 1
17. If cos 2θ 4 3 = 0
2 7 7
Facts on the Sun
Then no. of values of θ in [0, 2π]. The Milky Way galaxy is home to Planet Earth and
is energized by the enormous ball of energy, the
18. Minimum value of Sun. This big star is much closer to us than the
y = (sin x + cosec x)2 + (cos x + sec x)2 ∀ x ∈ R is. millions of stars that twinkle in the night sky and it
supports life with the heat generated.
19. If sin–1(sin 5) > x2 – 4x then number of possible The quest to know the space or void that surrounds
integral values of x will be. the planet and the celestial bodies that intrigue man
by their shimmer and movements have led scientists
20. Find no. of solution of x for ex cot x = 1 where to delve deep into the study of the universe, with the
x ∈ (0, 2π). support of harnessed technology. Research reveals
that the Sun is average in size and features,
21. In ∆ABC if angles A, B, C are in A. P. & ∠A
compared to the million others that just appear
exceeds lowest angle by 30º & D divides BC
small in the night sky due to their proximity to
∠BAD 1 earth. The Sun is the center of our galaxy and is
internally in 1 : 3 then = . Find k
∠CAD k made up of hot gases that comprise elements like
calcium, hydrogen, helium, sodium, iron and
22. The number of solution of magnesium.
cos(2sin–1(cot(tan–1(sec(6cosec–1x))))) + 1 = 0 The Sun is a big star that simply looks small in the
where x > 0 is sky because it is approximately 93 million miles or
150 million km away. While the Earth is about 13
23. Circumcentre is at origin & a ≤ sin A. P(x, y) lie thousand kilometers across, the sun is 1.4 million
1 kilometers and the difference in size between the
inside the circumcircle & k = , then least Earth and the Sun is better understood with the
8 | xy |
calculation that it would take more than a million
integer value of k can be. Earths to fill the Sun, if possible! Considering that a
beam of sunlight takes approximately 8 minutes to
reach us, scientists have calculated that it would
PREFIXES take man about a hundred and seventy six years to
Prefix Symbol Powers of 10 reach the sun; this is in conjunction to the speeds we
allow ourselves on the planet.
Sub multiplies
deci d 10–1 Although actually weighing the Sun with a scale is
impossible, scientists compute its weight with the
centi c 10–2
understanding that it contains the same material
milli m 10–3
mass that is weighable in our solar system. Certain
micro µ 10–6 comparisons and the updated study that the Sun is
nano n 10–9 over 300,000 times heavier than Earth, defines an
pico p 10–12 approximate gravitational pull and the weight
femto f 10–15 increase factor. The Sun has no solid surface! The
atto a 10–18 Sun is estimated to be more than four billion years
zepto z 10–21 old. In comparison to the time frame within which
yocto y 10–24 earliest evidence of life forms on the planet have
Multiples been recorded, the Big Bang seemed to have taken
deca da 101 place much, much earlier. And, the Sun is not
hecto h 102 expected to change in form or size at least another 5
billion years.
kilo k 103
mega (or million) M 106 Once the hydrogen exhausts, or burns out, scientists
expect this Center of the Galaxy to enter a new
giga (or billion) G 109
phase of existence, burning out the helium
tera (or trillion) T 1012 component next. The burning of helium will result
peta P 1015 in the expansion of the star to nearly 100 times its
exa E 1018 current size! The prediction and study reveals that
zetta Z 1021 the resultant Red Giant will then collapse into a
Yotta Y 1024 smaller White Dwarf!

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 60 MAY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 61 MAY 2011
 IIT-JEE 2011
PAPER-I (PAPER & SOLUTION)
Time : 3 Hours Total Marks : 240
Instructions : [Each subject contain]
Section – I : Multiple choice questions with only one correct answer. +3 marks will be awarded for correct answer
and -1 mark for wrong answer. [No. of Ques. : 7]
Section – II : Multiple choice questions with multiple correct answer. +4 marks will be awarded for correct answer
and No Negative marking for wrong answer. [No. of Ques. : 4]
Section – III : Passage based single correct type questions. +3 marks will be awarded for correct answer and -1 mark
for wrong answer. [2 passage, No. of Ques. : 5]
Section – IV : Numerical Response Question (single digit Ans. type) +4 marks will be awarded for correct answer
and No Negative marking for wrong answer. [No. of Ques. : 7]

CHEMISTRY Λ Λ
SECTION – I
Single Correct Choice Type volume volume
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each (P) (Q)
question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
which ONLY ONE is correct.
Λ
1. Geometrical shapes of the complexes formed by Λ
the reaction of Ni2+ with Cl–, CN– and H2O,
respectively, are volume volume
(A) octahedral, tetrahedral and square planar (R) (S)
(B) tetrahedral, square planar and octahedral (A) (P) (B) (Q) (C) (R) (D) (S)
(C) square planar, tetrahedral and octahedral
Ans. [D]
(D) octahedral, square planar and octahedral Sol. Because in the beginning of the reaction no of
Ans. [B] ions remain constant so conductivity remains
Sol. Complexes are : [NiCl4]–2, [Ni(CN)4]–2 & constant but after complete precipitation of Cl–
[Ni(H2O)6]+2 the no. of ions increases in solution. So
Ni+2 = 3d84s0 conductivity increases.
[NiCl4]–2 : Now Since, Cl– is a weak legand so no 3. Bombardment of aluminum by α-particle leads to
pairing of electron take place and geometry is its artificial disintegration in two ways, (i) and (ii)
tetrahedral as shown. Products X, Y and Z respectively are -
[Ni(CN)4]–2 : Since, CN– is a strong legand so 27
(ii) 30
pairing of electron will take place & geometry is 13 Al 15 P + Y
square planar.
[Ni(H2O)6]+2 : It will formed octahedral complex (i)
since C.N. = 6
30 30
14 Si +X 14 Si + Z
2. AgNO3 (aq.) was added to an aqueous KCl
solution gradually and the conductivity of the (A) proton, neutron, positron
solution was measured. The plot of conductance (B) neutron, positron, proton
( Λ ) versus the volume of AgNO3 is - (C) proton, positron, neutron
(D) positron, proton, neutron
Ans. [A]

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 62 MAY 2011

 27
4
2 He 30 1 Sol.
Sol. 13 Al  → 15 P + 0n
O
4
2 He C KOH
NH
C
30 1 30 0
14 Si + 1H 14 Si + +1 e O
O
4. Extra pure N2 can be obtained by heating -
(A) NH3 with CuO (B) NH4NO3 C Θ⊕ Cl–CH2– – Br
NK
(C) (NH4)2Cr2O7 (D) Ba(N3)2 C O
Ans. [D]
∆
O C
Sol. Ba(N3)2 
→ Ba + 3N2 ↑ N – CH2– –Br
C
5. Among the following compounds, the most acidic
is - O
(A) p-nitrophenol
(B) p-hydroxybenzoic acid 7. Dissolving 120 g of urea (mol. wt. 60) in 1000 g
(C) o-hydroxybenzoic acid of water gave a solution of density 1.15 g/mL.
(D) p-toluic acid The molarity of the solution is -
Ans. [C] (A) 1.78 M (B) 2.00 M
Sol. o-hydroxy benzoic acid is stronger acid due to (C) 2.05 M (D) 2.22 M
ortho effect
Ans. [C]
6. The major product of the following reaction is -
x × d × 10 10.7 × 1.15 × 10
O Sol. M = = = 2.05 M
mol wt 60
C (i) KOH x = percentage by weight
NH
C
(ii) Br CH2Cl 120
O x= × 100
O 120 + 1000

C
(A) N–CH2 Br
C SECTION – II
O Multiple Correct Choice Type
O This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each
C questions has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
(B) N CH2Cl which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
C
8. Extraction of metal from the ore cassiterite
O involves -
O (A) carbon reduction of an oxide ore
C (B) self-reduction of a sulphide ore
(C) N (C) removal of copper impurity
(D) removal of iron impurity
O–CH2 Br
Ans. [A,C,D]
O Sol. Cassiterite is SnO2.
C To reduce SnO2 into Sn, carbon reduction process
(D) N is used.
Sn has iron impurity.
O CH2Cl SnO2 + C → Sn + CO2

Ans. [A]

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 63 MAY 2011

9. Amongst the given options, the compound(s) in Ans. [B]
which all the atoms are in one plane in all the Sol. Metal rod M is Cu
possible conformations (if any), is (are)
H H H 13. The compounds N is -
(A) C–C (B) H–C≡C–C (A) AgNO3 (B) Zn(NO3)2
H 2C CH2 CH2 (C) Al(NO3)3 (D) Pb(NO3)2
(C) H2C=C=O (D) H2C=C=CH2 Ans. [A]
Ans. [B,C] Sol. Cu + AgNO3(conc.) —→ Cu(NO3)2 + Ag
Sol. Factual. light blue

10. The correct statement(s) pertaining to the 14. The final solution contains -
adsorption of a gas on a solid surface is (are)
(A) [Pb(NH3)4]2+ and [CoCl4]2–
(A) Adsorption is always exothermic
(B) Physiosorption may transform into (B) [Al(NH3)4]3+ and [Cu(NH3)4]2+
chemisorption at high temperature (C) [Ag(NH3)2]+ and [Cu(NH3)4]2+
(C) Physiosorption increases with increasing (D) [Ag(NH3)2]+ and [Ni(NH3)6]2+
temperature but chemisorption decreases
Ans. [C]
with increasing temperature
(D) Chemisorption is more exothermic than Sol. AgCl + NH2(aq) → [Ag(NH3)2]+
physiosorption, however it is very slow due Cu+2 + NH3(aq) → [Cu(NH3)4]+2
to higher energy of activation Intense blue
Ans. [A, B, D]
Sol. Factual. Paragraph for Question No. 15 to 16
11. According to kinetic theory of gases - An acyclic hydrocarbon P, having molecular
(A) collisions are always elastic formula C6H10, gave acetone as the only organic
product through the following sequence of
(B) heavier molecules transfer more momentum
reactions, in which Q is an intermediate organic
to the wall of the container
compound.
(C) only a small number of molecules have very (i) dil. H2SO4/HgSO4
high velocity P
(D) between collisions, the molecules move in (ii) NaBH4/ethanol
(C6H10) (iii) dil. acid
straight lines with constant velocities
Ans. [A, D]
(i) conc. H2SO4
Sol. Factual. (catalytic amount) O
(–H2O)
Q 2 C
SECTION – III (ii) O3
H3C CH3
Paragraph Type (iii) Zn/H2O

This section contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon the

first paragraph 3 multiple choice questions and based
upon the second paragraph 2 multiple choice questions 15. The structure of compound P is -
have to be answered. Each of these questions has four (A) CH3CH2CH2CH2–C≡C–H
choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE
is correct. (B) H3CH2C–C≡C–CH2CH3
Paragraph for Questions No. 12 to 14 H 3C
When a metal rod M is dipped into an aqueous
(C) H–C–C≡C–CH3
colourless concentrated solution of compound N,
the solution turns light blue. Addition of aqueous H 3C
NaCl to the blue solution gives a white precipitate
O. Addition of aq. NH3 dissolves O and gives an H3C
intense blue solution. (D) H3C–C–C ≡C–H
12. The metal rod M is - H3C
(A) Fe (B) Cu Ans. [D]
(C) Ni (D) Co

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 64 MAY 2011

Sol. O O
⊕ Θ ∗ ∗ Θ⊕
CH3 H3C OH # #
NaO–S–S–S–S–ONa
(i) dil. H2SO4/HgSO4 Sol.
CH3–C–C≡C–H CH3–C–CH–CH3 O O
(ii) NaBH4
CH3 (iii) dil. HCl CH3 O.N. S* = 0
(P) (Q) O.N. S# = + 5
H3C ∴ Difference = 5
–H2O CH3
CH3–C=C
(i) conc. H2SO4 CH3 19. The maximum number of electrons that can have
principal quantum number, n = 3 and spin
quantum number, ms = – 1/2, is.
(ii) O3 (iii) Zn/H2O
Ans. [9]
CH3 Sol. For n = 3, max e– = 2n2 = 18
2 C=O Half of them can have ms = – 1/2
CH3

20. A decapeptide (mol. wt. 796) on complete

16. The structure of compound Q is - hydrolysis gives glycine (mol. wt. 75), alanine
and phenylalanine. Glycine contributes 47.0% to
H3C OH
the total weight of the hydrolysed products. The
(A) H–C–C–CH2CH3 number of glycine units present in the
H3C H decapeptide is.
Ans. [6]
H3C OH 9 molecule
Sol. Decapeptide  → (x) glycine + (y)
(B) H3C–C–C–CH3 water
H3C H alanine + (z) phenylalanine
OH Mass of hydrolysed product = 796 + 18 × 9
H3C
47
(C) H–C–CH2CHCH3 mass of glycine = 958 × = 450.26
100
H3C
450.26
OH No. of glycine unit = =6
75
(D) CH3CH2CH2CHCH2CH3
Ans. [B] 21. To an evacuated vessel with movable piston
Sol. Factual. under external pressure of 1 atm., 0.1 mol of He
and 1.0 mol of an unknown compound (vapour
pressure 0.68 atm, at 0ºC) are introduced.
SECTION – IV Considering the ideal gas behaviour, the total
Numerical Response Type volume (in litre) of the gases at 0ºC is close to.
This section contains. 7 questions. The answer to each Ans. [7]
questions is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9. Sol.
The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to Pext = 1 atm
be darkened in the ORS.
17. Reaction of Br2 with Na2CO3 in aq. solution gives
sodium bromide and sodium bromate with He +
evolution of CO2 gas. The number of sodium compounds
bromide molecules involved in the balanced
chemical equation is. Vapour pressure of compound = 0.68
Ans. [5] ∴ PHe = 1 – 0.68 = 0.32 ∴ By PV =
nRT, for He
Sol. 3 Na2CO3 + 3Br2 → 5NaBr + NaBrO3 + 3CO2
n RT 0.1 × 0.0821× 273
V = He =
PHe 0.32
18. The difference in the oxidation numbers of the
two types of sulphur atoms in Na2S4O6 is. V ~ 7L
Ans. [5]

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 65 MAY 2011

22. The total number of alkenes possible by 5
−1
dehydrobromination of 3-bromo-3  5 .7  3
= T1   = T1(8)2/3 = 4T1
cyclopentylhexane using alcoholic KOH is.  0 .7 
Ans. [5] 1
no. of mole =
4
1
C–C–C–C–C–C alc.KOH
× R (4T1 − T1 )
Sol. nR (T1 − T2 ) 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 W= = 4 = RT1
Br γ −1 2/3 8
+ G.I 25. A ball of mass (m) 0.5 kg is attached to the end of
a string having length (L) 0.5 m. The ball is
C–C–C–C= C– C rotated on a horizontal circular path about vertical
+ G.I + axis. The maximum tension that the string can
bear is 324 N. The maximum possible value of
C–C–C=C– C– C C–C–C–C– C– C angular velocity of ball (in radian/s) is-

23. The work function (φ) of some metals is listed

below. The number of metals which will show L
photoelectric effect when light of 300 nm
wavelength falls on the metal is.
m
Metal Li Na K Mg Cu Ag Fe Pt W (A) 9 (B) 18
φ (eV) 2.4 2.3 2.2 3.7 4.8 4.3 4.7 6.3 4.75 (C) 27 (D) 36
Ans. [D]
Sol.
Ans. [4]
hc 6.62 × 10−34 × 3 × 108 θ
Sol. Efalling = = = 4.137 eV
λ 300 × 10 −9 × 1.6 × 10−19 L
The metals having less work function will show θ T
photoelectric effect
Hence Li, Na, K, Mg
mg
T cos θ = mg
PHYSICS T sin θ = mω2L sin θ
SECTION – I T = mω2L
Single Correct Choice Type T
ω2max = max
mL
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of Tmax 324
ωmax = = = 324 × 4
which ONLY ONE is correct. mL 0.5 × 0.5
= 36 rad/s
24. 5.6 liter of helium gas at STP is adiabatically r
compressed to 0.7 liter. Taking the initial 26. Consider an electric field E = E 0 x̂ , where E0 is a
temperature to be T1, the work done in the process constant. The flux through the shaded area (as
is- shown in the figure) due to this field is-
9 3 z
(A) RT1 (B) RT1
8 2
15 9 (a,0,a) (a,a,a)
(C) RT1 (D) RT1
8 2
Ans. [A]
Sol. T1V1γ–1 = T2V2γ–1
γ −1 y
V  (0,0,0) (0,a,0)
T2 = T1  1 
 V2  x

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 66 MAY 2011

 (A) 2E0a2 (B) 2E 0 a 2  V + V0 
ν′ =   ν
E 0a 2  V − Vs ′ 
(C) E0a2 (D)
2  320 + 10 
=  8 KHz
Ans. [C]  320 − 10 
Sol. 330
z = × 8 = 8.51 KHz
310
(a,0,a) (a,a,a) 28. A meter bridge is set-up as shown, to determine
an unknown resistance 'X' using a standard 10
ohm resistor. The galvanometer show null point
when tapping-key is at 52 cm mark. The end-
y corrections are 1 cm and 2 cm respectively for the
(0,0,0) (0,a,0) ends A and B. The determine value of 'X' is-
x
z X 10Ω
F(0,0,a) G (0,a,a)

H(a,a,a) A B
E
(a,0,a)
(A) 10.2 ohm (B) 10.6 ohm
B y (C) 10.8 ohm (D) 11.1 ohm
A (0,a,0)
Ans. [B]
x 52 + 1
Sol. =
D(a,0,0) C (a,a,0) 10 48 + 2
x 53× 10
= = 10.6
50
flux through EHBA 29. A 2 µF capacitor is charged as shown in figure.
= flux through EHDC The percentage of its stored energy dissipated
= E0a2 after the switch S is turned to position 2 is-
1 2
27. A police car with a siren of frequency 8 kHz is
moving with uniform velocity 36 km/hr towards a S
tall building which reflects the sound waves. The
speed of sound in air is 320 m/s. The frequency V
of the siren heard by the car driver is- 2µF 8µF

(A) 8.50 kHz (B) 8.25 kHz

(C) 7.75 kHz (D) 7.50 kHz (A) 0 % (B) 20 %
Ans. [A] (C) 75 % (D) 80 %
36 × 10 3 Ans. [D]
Sol. Vs = m/s = 10 m/s, ν = 8 KHz Sol.
3600
V0 = 320 m/s
V0 = Vs = 10 m/s
2µF 8µF
Vs

Observer

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 67 MAY 2011

 1 2×8 Q S Q
∆U = × [V – 0]2
2 2+8 Sol.
RA RB
1 16 8V 2
= × × V2 =
2 10 10 Ans.(A)
1 kQ A kQ B
Ui′ = × 2 × V2 = [Final potential will be same]
2 RA RB
= V2
∆U 8 QA R
% dissipated = = × 100 = A
Ui 10 QB RB
= 80% as RA > RB
30. The wavelength of the first spectral line in the ∴ Q A > QB Ans. [B]
Balmer series of hydrogen atom is 6561 Å. The
QA RA
wavelength of the second spectral line in the
Balmer series of singly-ionized helium atom is- 4πR 2A R2 σ R
= A = A = B Ans [C]
QB RB σB RA
(A) 1215 Å (B) 1640 Å 4πR 2B R 2B
(C) 2430 Å (D) 4687 Å
Ans. [A] as RA > RB
hc 1 1 ∴ σB > σA
Sol. = 13.6  2 − 2 
6561  2 3  ∴ EB > EA Ans. [D]
hc 1 1
= 13.6 × 4  2 − 2  32. A metal rod of length 'L' and mass 'm' is pivoted
λ 2 4 
at one end. A thin disk of mass 'M' and radius 'R'
hc 5 (<L) is attached at its centre to the free end of the
= 13.6 ×
6561 36 rod. Consider two ways the disc is attached
hc 3 :(case A) The disc is not free to rotate about its
= 13.6 × 4 × center and (case B) the disc is free to rotate about
λ 16
its center. The rod-disc system performs SHM in
hc 5 4 vertical plane after being released from the same
= ×
6561 36 3 displaced position. Which of the following
5 statement(s) is (are) true ?
λ=
27
6561× 5
λ= = 243 × 5
27
= 1215 Å

SECTION – II
Multiple Correct Choice Type (A) Restoring torque in case A = Restoring
torque in case B
This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each (B) Restoring torque in case A < Restoring
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of torque in case B
which ONE or More may be correct. (C) Angular frequency for case A > Angular
31. A spherical metal shall A of radius RA and a solid frequency for case B
metal sphere B of radius RB(<RA) are kept far (D) Angular frequency for case A < Angular
apart and each is given charge '+Q'. Now they are frequency for case B
connected by a thin metal wire. Then- Ans. [A,D]
(A) E inside
=0
A (B) QA > QB
σA R 33. An electron and a proton are moving on straight
(C) = B (D) parallel paths with same velocity. They enter a
σB RA semi-infinite region of uniform magnetic field
E on surface
< E on
B
surface perpendicular to the velocity. Which of the
A
following statement(s) is/are true ?
Ans. [A, B, C, D]

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 68 MAY 2011

 (A) They will never come out of the magnetic 3H
A A B 3K E
field region 16
(B) They will come out traveling along parallel Sol. 4A 2A C H
H 4K 4A
paths 2 H
(C) They will come out at the same time 2K 5H 6K
A D 16 5K
(D) They will come out at different times
Ans. [B, D] L 4L L
Sol. All the three system shown are in series hence
× × × × rate of heat flow will be same through both A &
E.
× × × ×
L 4L 4L
–
e v R RA = ; RB = ; RC = ;
× p× × × 8(KA) 3KA 8KA
p × × × × 4L L
v RD = ; RE =
×Re× × × 5KA 24KA
× × × × Using parallel combination rate of heat flow
across C = rate of heat flow through B+ rate of
mp v2 heat flow through D.
me v2
evB = evB = HL
Re Rp ∆θ A = HR A =
m V mp v 8KA
Re = e Rp =
eB eB 3H 3H  4L  HL
∆θ B = RB =  =
16 16  3KA  4KA
Rp > Re

π Re πm e ∆θC =
H
(R C ) = H  4L  = HL
Te = = ⇒ Tp > Te 2 2  8KA  4KA
v eB
5H  4L  HL
πm p ∆θ D =  =
Tp = 16  5KA  4KA
eB
34. A composite book is made of slabs A, B, C, D  L  HL
∆θ E = H =
and E of different thermal conductivities (given in  24 KA  24 KA
terms of a constant K) and sizes (given in terms
of length, L) as shown in the figure. All slabs are
of same width. Heat 'Q' flow only from left to
SECTION – III
right through the blocks. Then in steady state- Paragraph Type
This section contains 2 paragraphs.. Based upon the
0 1L 5L 6L first paragraph 3 multiple choice question and based
heat upon on the other paragraph 2 multiple choice
A B 3K E questions have to be answered. Each of these questions
1L has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which
C 4K 6K ONLY ONE is correct.
Paragraph for Questions 35 to 37
3L Phase space diagrams are useful tools in
D 5K
4L analyzing all kinds of dynamical problems. They
are especially useful in studying the changes in
(A) heat flow through A and E slabs are same motion as initial position and momentum are
changed. Here we consider some simple
(B) heat flow through slab E is maximum dynamical systems in one-dimension. For such
(C) temperature difference across slab E is systems, phase space is a plane in which position
smallest is plotted along horizontal axis and momentum is
(D) heat flow through C = heat flow through B + plotted along vertical axis. The phase space
heat flow through D diagram is x(t) vs p(t) curve in this plane. The
arrow on the curve indicates the time flow. For
Ans. [A, C, D]
example, the phase space diagram for a particle
moving with constant velocity is a straight line as

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 69 MAY 2011

 shown in the figure. We use the sign convention m 2 v 2 − m 2 u 2 = 2m 2 gx
in which position or momentum upwards (or to
right) is positive and downwards (or to left) is p2 – p02 = 2m2gx
negative. p2 = p02 + 2m2gx

36. The phase space diagram for simple harmonic

motion is a circle centered at the origin. In the
Momentum figure, the two circles represent the same
oscillator but for different initial conditions, and
E1 and E2 are the total mechanical energies
respectively. Then-
Position Momentum
35. The phase space diagram for a ball thrown
vertically up from ground is-
E2 E1
Momentum 2a

a Position

(A)
Position

(A) E1 = 2 E2 (B) E1 = 2E2

(C) E1 = 4E2 (D) E1 = 16 E2
Momentum
Ans. [C]
Sol.
K' EMax 1

(B) Position K' Emax 2

maximal position
Momentum K.E1= 0
maximal position
K.E2 = 0

(C) 1
Position k (2a ) 2
E1 2
= =4
E2 1
k (a ) 2
2
Momentum E1 = 4E2

37. Consider the spring-mass system, with the mass

submerged in water, as shown in figure. The
(D) phase space diagram for one cycle of this system
Position is-

Ans. [D]
Sol. From conservation of mechanical energy
1 1
mv 2 + mgx = mu 2
2 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 70 MAY 2011

 Momentum has an angular frequency ω, where a part of the
energy is absorbed and a part of it is reflected. As
ω approaches ωp, all the free electrons are set to
resonance together and all the energy is reflected.
This is the explanation of high reflectivity of
(A)
metals.
Position
38. Taking the electronic charge as 'e' and the
permittivity as 'ε0', use dimensional analysis to
determine the correct expression for ωp.
Momentum
Ne mε0
(A) (B)
mε0 Ne

(B) Ne 2 mε0
(C) (D)
Position mε0 Ne 2
Ans. [C]
e2
Sol. F = mω2l ≡
Momentum 4πε0 l 2
e2  e2   Nl 3 
ω2 ≡ ≡  


 l3 

 mε 0 
3
4πε0 l  
(C) Ne 2
Position ω=
mε 0

39. Estimate the wavelength at which plasma

reflection will occur for metal having the density
(D) of electrons N ≈ 4 × 1027 m–3. Take ε0 = 10–11
Momentum and m ≈ 10–30, where these quantities are in
proper SI unit-
(A) 800 nm (B) 600 nm
(C) 300 nm (D) 200 nm
Ans. [B]
Position c = λf
2π c Ne 2
ωp = ω = =
λ mε0
Ans. [B]
mε 0 2πc mε 0
λ = 2πc 2
=
Paragraph for Questions 38 to 39 Ne e N
A dense collection of equal number of electrons
and positive ions is called neutral plasma. Certain 2 × 3.14 × 3 × 108 (10 −30 )(10 −11 )
=
solids containing fixed positive ions surrounded 1.6 × 10 −19 4 × 10 27
by free electrons can be treated as neutral plasma. = 589 × 10–9 m ≈ 600 nm
Let 'N' be the number density of free electrons,
each of mass 'm'. When the electrons are
subjected to an electric field, they are displaced
SECTION – IV
relatively away from the heavy positive ions. If Numerical Response Type
the electric field becomes zero, the electrons This section contains 7 questions. The answer to each
begin to oscillate about the positive ions with a question is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to 9.
natural angular frequency 'ωp', which is called the The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to
plasma frequency. To sustain the oscillations, a be darkened in the ORS.
time varying electric field needs to be applied that

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 71 MAY 2011

40. A block is moving on an inclined plane making (f2 – f1) R = Icm α
an angle 45º with the horizontal and the a cm
coefficient of friction is µ. The force required to (f2 – f1) R = MR 2 ×
just push it up the inclined plane is 3 times the R
force required to just prevent it from sliding f2 – f1 = Macm
down. If we define N = 10 µ, then N is. f1 = f2 – macm = 1.4 – 2 × 0.3 = 0.8 N
Ans. [5] P
0.8 = ⇒ P = 4
Sol. 5
Note : It has been assumed that the stick applies
N=mgcosθ horizontal force of 2N (only normal reaction)
45º 42. Four point charge, each of +q, are rigidly fixed at
the four corners of a square planar soap film of
mgsinθ + µmgcosθ = 3(mgsinθ – µmgcosθ) side 'a'. The surface tension of the soap film is γ.
1 µ 3 3µ The system of charges and planar film are in
⇒ + = − equilibrium, and
2 2 2 2 1/N
4µ 2  q2 
⇒ = a = k  , where 'k' is a constant. Then N is.
2 2  γ 
1 Ans. [3]
µ= Sol.
2
FAC FAB
1
N = 10µ = 10   = 5
2
+q
FAD +q A D
41. A boy is pushing a ring of mass 2 kg and radius
0.5 m with a stick as shown in the figure. The
stick applies a force of 2 N on the ring and rolls it
without slipping with an acceleration of 0.3 m/s2. B
The coefficient of friction between the ground C
+q +q
and the ring is large enough that rolling always
occurs and the coefficient of friction between the
stick and the ring is (P/10). The value of P is. q2
FAC =
Stick 8πε0 a 2
q2
FAD = FAB =
4πε0 a 2
q2  1
FR = 2
 2 cos 45º + 
4πε0 a  2
= r (2) (BD) = 2 r( 2 a)
Ground  1
Ans. [4] q2  2 + 
 2
Sol. ⇒ a3 =
8 2 πε 0 r
1/ 3
 q2 
a = k  
 ⇒N=3
2N  r 
P×2 P
f1= µ×2 = = 1/ 3
10 5  1
f2  2+ 
where k =  2
 8 2π 
mg  
 
2 – f2 = Macm …….(1)
f2 = 2 – 2 × 0.3 = 1 .4 N

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 72 MAY 2011

43. Four solid spheres each of diameter 5 cm and
mass 0.5 kg are placed with their centers at the
corners of a square of side 4 cm. The momentum
of inertia of the system about the diagonal of the
square is N × 10–4kg-m2, then N is.
Ans. [9]
I
Sol.
m m
Ans. [6]
µ 0 I 0 cos 300 t
Sol. B=
10
µ0 I0
φ= × 3.14 × 0.01 cos 300 t
m m 10
φ = 3.14 × µ0I0 cos 300 t × 10–3
l dφ
e= − = 3.14 × 300 µ0I0 sin 300t × 10–3
dt
5 5
r= cm = × 10–2 m e 3.14 × 300 µ 0 I 0 sin 300 t × 10 −3
2 2 i= =
R 0.005
1
m= kg i = 3.14 × 60 µ0I0 sin 300 t
2
0.01
l = 4 × 10–2 m Magnetic moment = 3.14 × 60 × 3.14 × ×
100
Using parallel axis theorem µ0I0 sin 300 t
 2 1 5  = 5.9 µ0I0sin 300 t
Itotal = 4 × × × × 10 − 4  +
 5 2 4  = 6 µ0 I0 sin 300 t
 1 −4 
2 × 2 × 8 × 10  46. Steel wire of length 'L' at 40ºC is suspended from
 
the ceiling and then a mass 'm' is hung from its
⇒ 10–4 + 8 × 10–4 ⇒ 9 × 10–4 kg m2 free end. The wire is cooled down from 40ºC to
30ºC to region its original length 'L'. The
44. The activity of a freshly prepared radioactive coefficient of linear thermal expansion of the steel
sample is 1010 disintegrations per second, whose is 10–5/ºC, Young's modulus of steel is 1011 N/m2
mean life is 109 s. The mass of an atom of this and radius of the wire is 1 mm. Assume that L >>
radioisotope is 10–25 kg. The mass (in mg) of the diameter of the wire. Then the value of 'm' in kg
radioactive sample is. is nearly.
Ans. [1] Ans. [3]
Sol. A = λN Sol.
1
1010 = ×N
109
N = 1019
mass of sample = 1019 × 10–25 × 1 × 106 = 1 mg m
mgL
∆L = = Lα(∆θ)
45. A long circular tube of length 10 m and radius 0.3 AY
carries a current I along its curved surface as
shown. A wire-loop of resistance 0.005 ohm and AYα(∆θ) π × 10 −6 × 1011 × 10 −5 × 10
⇒m= =
of radius 0.1 m is placed inside the tube with its g 10
axis coinciding with the axis of the tube. The m = 3.14 kg ⇒ 3 kg
current varies as I = I0cos(300 t) where I0 is
constant. If the magnetic moment of the loop is N
µ0 I0 sin(300 t), then 'N' is.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 73 MAY 2011

 1
MATHEMATICS R1 – R2 =
4
b 1
1
∫ ( x − 1) 2 dx – ∫ ( x − 1)
2
SECTION – I dx =
4
Single Correct Choice Type 0 b
b 1
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each  ( x − 1)   ( x − 1) 3 
3
1
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of   –   =
which ONLY ONE is correct.  3  0  3  b 4
(b − 1) 3 1 (b − 1) 3 1
ln 3 + –0+ =
x sin x 2 3 3 3 4
47. The value of ∫ sin x 2 + sin(ln 6 – x 2 )
dx is
2(b − 1) 3 1 1 −1
ln 2 = – =
1 3 1 3 3 4 3 12
(A) ln (B) ln 1
4 2 2 2 (b – 1)3 = –
3 1 3 8
(C) ln (D) ln 1 1
2 6 2 b–1= − ⇒ b=
Ans. [A] 2 2
dt → → →
Sol. Let x2 = t xdx =
2 49. Let a = iˆ + ĵ + k̂ , b = iˆ – ĵ + k̂ and c =
ln 3 →
1 sin t iˆ – ĵ – k̂ be three vectors. A vector v in the
I= ∫
2 ln 2 sin t + sin(ln6 − t )
dt ... (1)
→ → →
ln 3
plane of a and b , whose projection on c is
1 sin (ln6 − t ) 1
I= ∫
2 ln 2 sin t + sin(ln6 − t )
dt … (2)
3
, is given by

Add (1) & (2) (A) iˆ – 3 ĵ + 3 k̂ (B) – 3 iˆ – 3 ĵ – k̂

ln 3
1
2I =
2 ln 2∫
dt (C) 3 iˆ – ĵ + 3 k̂ (D) iˆ + 3 ĵ – 3 k̂
Ans. [C]
1 1 3 →
I = (ln3 – ln2) = ln Sol. Let ν = x iˆ + y ĵ + z k̂
4 4 2
→ → →
Q [a b ν]=0
48. Let the straight line x = b divide the area enclosed by
1 1 1
y = (1 – x)2, y = 0, and x = 0 into two parts R1(0 ≤ x
1 1 −1 1 = 0
≤ b) and R2(b ≤ x ≤ 1) such that R1 – R2 = .
4 x y z
Then b equals On solving x = z ….(1)
3 1 → → 1
(A) (B) Q projection of ν on c is
4 2
3
1 1
(C) (D) → →
3 4 1 ν.c x− y−z 1
So, = ⇒ =
Ans. [B] 3 → 3 3
|c|
Sol. ⇒ x–y–z=1 ….(2)
So solving (1) & (2)
y = –1 & x = z
R1 R2
50. Let (x0, y0) be the solution of the following
0 b 1
equations
(2x)ln 2 = (3y)ln 3
3ln x = 2ln y
Then x0 is

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 74 MAY 2011

 1 1 So, m + 3 =± 3 (1 – 3 m)
(A) (B)
6 3
1 m+ 3 = 3 – 3m m+ 3 = – 3 + 3m
(C) (D) 6
2
Ans. [C] m=0 m= 3
Sol. (2x)ln 2 = ( 3y)ln 3 hence line hence line
ln 2 (ln 2 + ln x) = ln 3 (ln 3 + ln y) y=–2 y+2= 3 (x – 3)
ln 2 . ln x – ln 3 ln y = (ln 3)2 – (ln 2)2 .....(1) y– 3x+2+ 3 3 =0
3ln x = 2ln y
as line intersects x-axis
ln x . ln 3 = lny . ln 2
ln3 So line will be, y – 3x+2+ 3 3 =0
ln y = ln x .....(2)
ln 2 53. Let P = {θ : sin θ – cos θ = 2 cos θ} and
Solving (1) & (2)
Q = {θ : sin θ + cos θ = 2 sin θ} be two sets.
1
ln x = – ln 2 ⇒ x = Then
2 (A) P ⊂ Q and Q – P ≠ ∅
51. Let α and β be the roots of x2 – 6x – 2 = 0, with (B) Q ⊄ P
α > β. If an = αn – βn for n ≥ 1, then the value of (C) P ⊄ Q
a10 – 2a8 (D) P = Q
is
2a 9 Ans. [D]
(A) 1 (B) 2 Sol. P : sin θ – cos θ = 2 cos θ
(C) 3 (D) 4
Ans. [C] sin θ = ( 2 + 1) cos θ
Sol. ∴ x2 – 6x – 2 = 0 has roots α, β tan θ = 2+1
So, α2 – 2 = 6α & β2 – 2 = 6β 1
an = αn – βn tan θ = tan 67 °
2
a10 − 2a 8 (α 10 − β10 ) − 2(α 8 − β 8 ) 3π
So, = θ = nπ + ,n∈I …(1)
2a 9 2( α 9 − β 9 ) 8
α 8 (α 2 − 2) − β 8 (β 2 − 2) α 8 (6α) − β 8 (6β) Q : sin θ + cos θ = 2 sin θ
= = = 3.
2( α 9 − β 9 ) 2( α 9 − β 9 ) cos θ = ( 2 – 1) sin θ
1
52. A straight line L through the point (3, –2) is tanθ = = 2 +1
inclined at an angle 60° to the line 3 x + y = 1. 2 −1
If L also intersects the x-axis, then the equation of 3π
θ = nπ + ,n∈I …(2)
L is 8
(A) y + 3x+2–3 3 =0 ∴ P=Q
(B) y – 3 x+2+3 3 =0
SECTION – II
(C) 3 y–x+3+2 3 =0
Multiple Correct Choice Type
(D) 3 y + x – 3 + 2 3 = 0
This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each
Ans. [B] question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
Sol. Let the slope of the line is m which ONE OR MORE may be correct.
m+ 3 54. The vector(s) which is/are coplanar with vectors
tan 60º =
1 − 3m iˆ + ĵ + 2 k̂ and iˆ + 2 ĵ + k̂ , and perpendicular
m+ 3 to the vector iˆ + ĵ + k̂ is /are
3 =
1 − 3m (A) ĵ – k̂ (B) – iˆ + ĵ
(C) iˆ – ĵ (D) – ĵ + k̂

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 75 MAY 2011

Ans. [A,D] Sol. Q MN = NM
Sol. r = xiˆ + yˆj + zkˆ is coplanar with the given vector M2 N2 = MN MN Q (MT)–1 = (–M)–1 = –M–1
so Given, M2N2(MTN)–1. (MN–1)T
x y z = – MN MN N–1 M–1 N–1 M
∴ 1 1 2 =0 I
1 2 1 = –M NN M = – M2
–1

So, 3x = y + z ...(1) The most suitable answer is (C), although

given information is contradictory as Skew
→
∴ r ⊥ iˆ + ˆj + kˆ symmetric matrix of odd order cannot be non
singular
→
So, r . (iˆ + ˆj + kˆ) = 0 x2 y2
57. Let the eccentricity of the hyperbola – =1
So, x + y + z = 0 ...(2) a2 b2
On solving (1) & (2) be reciprocal to that of the ellipse x2 + 4y2 = 4. If
the hyperbola passes through a focus of the
So, x = 0 ∴ y + z = 0 ∴ (A) & (D) Satisfy
ellipse, then

55. Let f : R → R be a function such that x2 y2

(A) the equation of the hyperbola is – =1
f(x + y) = f(x) + f(y), ∀x, y ∈ R 3 2
If f(x) is differentiable at x = 0, then (B) a focus of the hyperbola is (2, 0)
(A) f(x) is differentiable only in a finite interval 5
containing zero (C) the eccentricity of the hyperbola is
3
(B) f(x) is continuous ∀ x ∈ R (D) the equation of the hyperbola is x – 3y2 = 3
2

(C) f '(x) is constant ∀ x ∈ R Ans. [B,D]

(D) f(x) is differentiable except at finitely many Sol. Let e1 = eccentricity of hyperbola
points
e2 = eccentricity of ellipse
Ans. [B,C]
1
Sol. f(x + y) = f(x) + f(y) ∴ e1 =
e2
By Partial differentiation with respect to x
f ' (x + y) = f ' (x) 3
f ' (y) = f '(0) so eccentricity of ellipse = = e2
2
f(y) = (f '(0))y + c
2
f(y) = ky +c eccentricity of ellipse = = e1
∴ f(y) = ky as f(0) = 0
3
∴ f(x) = kx Now focus of ellipse is (± ae2, 0) ≡ (± 3 , 0)
Alternate Hyperbola passes through it
f ( x + h) − f ( x ) ( 3) 2
f '(x) = lim So, – 0 = 1 ⇒ a2 = 3
h →0 h a2
f ( x ) + f ( h) − f ( x ) f ( h) also b2 = a2 (e12 – 1)
= lim = lim
h →0 h h → 0 h 4 
= λ (let) b2 = 3  – 1 = 1
 3 
f(x) = λx + c As f(0) = 0 ⇒ c = 0
and hyperbola
f(x) = λx
x2 y2
− =1
56. Let M and N be two 3 × 3 non-singular 3 1
skew-symmetric matrices such that MN = NM. also focus (± ae1, 0) ≡ (± 2, 0)
If PT denotes the transpose of P, then
M2N2 (MTN)–1(MN–1)T is equal to
(A) M2 (B) –N2
2
(C) –M (D) MN
Ans. [C]

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 76 MAY 2011

 SECTION – III 60. Let b = 6, with a and c satisfying (E). If α and β
Paragraph Type are the roots of the quadratic equation
n
1 1 ∞
ax + bx + c = 0, then ∑  +  is
This section contains 2 paragraphs. Based upon one of 2

n =0  α β
the paragraphs 3 multiple choice questions and based
on the other paragraph 2 multiple choice questions
have to be answered. Each of these questions has four 6
(A) 6 (B) 7 (C) (D) ∞
choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE 7
is correct. Ans. [B]
Paragraph for Question No. 58 to 60  λ 6λ 
Let a, b and c be three real numbers satisfying Sol. ∴ (a, b, c) ≡  − ,− , λ
 7 7 
1 9 7  ∴ b = 6 so λ = – 7.
 
[a b c] 8 2 7 = [0 0 0] …….(E) So (a, b, c) ≡ (1, 6, –7)
7 3 7 So the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0
x2 + 6x – 7 = 0
58. If the point P(a, b, c), with reference to (E), lies
on the plane 2x + y + z = 1, then the value of So α = 1, β =–7
7a + b + c is ∞ n n
 1 1 1 1
(A) 0 (B) 12 (C) 7 (D) 6 S= ∑  + 
n =0 
α β
= ∑  −
1

7
Ans. [D]
n 2
1 9 7  6 6 6
Sol.
 
[a b c] 8 2 7 = [0 0 0]
= ∑   =1+
7
  7
+   + .... ∞
7
7 3 7 1
= = 7
a + 8b + 7c = 0 6
1−
9 a + 2b + 3c = 0 7
7 a + 7b + 7c = 0 Paragraph for Question Nos. 61 and 62
On solving above equation
Let U1 and U2 be two urns such that U1 contains 3
 λ 6λ  white and 2 red balls, and U2 contains only 1
(a, b, c) ≡  − ,− ,λ
 7 7  white ball. A fair coin is tossed. If head appears
then 1 ball is drawn at random from U1 and put
∴ (a, b, c) lies on the plane 2x + y + z = 1 into U2. However, if tail appears then 2 balls are
2λ 6λ drawn at random from U1 and put into U2. Now 1
So − – +λ=1
7 7 ball is drawn at random from U2
on solving λ = – 7 61. The probability of the drawn ball from U2 being
So 7a + b + c = 6 white is
13 23
59. Let ω be a solution of x3 – 1 = 0 with Im(ω) > 0. (A) (B)
If a = 2 with b and c satisfying (E), then the value 30 30
3 1 3 19 11
of a + b + c is equal to (C) (D)
ω ω ω 30 30
(A) –2 (B) 2 Ans. [B]
(C) 3 (D) –3 3W
Sol. 1W
Ans. [A] 2R
 λ 6λ  U1 U2
Sol. ∴ (a, b, c) ≡  − ,− ,λ
 7 7  Required probability = P(H)[P(W/H) × P(W2) +
∴ a = 2 is given so λ = – 14  both W 
P(R/H)P(W2)] + P(T) [P   P(W2) +
So (a, b, c) ≡ (2, 12, – 14)  T 
3 1 3  both R   R & W1 
So + b + c = –2 P  P(W2) + P 1  P(W2)]
ω a
ω ω  T   T 

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 77 MAY 2011

 1 3 2 1  1  3 C2 2
C2 1 3 C1 × 2C1 2  64. Consider the parabola y2 = 8x. Let ∆1 be the area
= × 1 + × +  × 1 + × + 5 ×  of the triangle formed by the end points of its
2  5 5 2  2  5 C2 5
C2 3 C2 3
1 
1 3 1 1  3 1 2  2 11 23 latus rectum and the point P  , 2  on the
= + +  + + = + = 2 
2  5 5  2 10 30 5  5 30 30

parabola, and ∆2 be the area of the triangle formed
by drawing tangents at P and at the end points of
62. Given that the drawn ball from U2 is white, the ∆
probability that head appeared on the coin is the latus rectum. Then 1 is
∆2
17 11
(A) (B) Ans. [2]
23 23 Sol. It is a property that area of triangle formed by
15 12 joining three points lying on parabola is twice the
(C) (D)
23 23 area of triangle formed by tangents at these points
Ans. [D] Alternate : y2 = 8x
Sol. Required probability = 1 
 W  
P  , 2
R  2 
P( H) P 1 P( W2 ) + P 1 P( W2 )
  H  H  (2, 4)A
  W1   R1     both W  •
P ( H )  P P( W2 ) + P P( W2 ) + P(T ) P P( W2 ) P
  H  H    T  • 3/2
 both R 
+ P
 R & W1 
P( W2 ) + P 1

P( W2 ) 
•
 T   T  

1 3 2 1 B(2, –4)
 ×1 + × 
2 5 5 2  12
= 
1
= ∆1 = |Base × Height|
23 13 2
30 1 3
= × ×8 =6
2 2
SECTION – IV Also
Numerical Response Type 1 
Equation of tangent at P  , 2
This section contains 7 questions. The answer to each of 2 
the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to
9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to
be darkened in the ORS. •
63. Let a1, a2, a3, .., a100 be an arithmetic progression •P
p •
with a1 = 3 and Sp = ∑i =1
ai , 1 ≤ p ≤ 100. For any •

Sm
integer n with 1 ≤ n ≤ 20, let m = 5n. If does
Sn  1
y (2) = 4.  x + 
not depend on n, then a2 is  2
Ans. [9] y = 2x + 1 ...(1)
Sol. a1 = 3 Tangent at A : y = x + 2
5n Tangent at B : – y = + x + 2 ⇒ y = – x – 2
Sm [2a1 + (5n − 1) d ]
S Point of intersection
= 5n = 2
Sn Sn n L(–2, 0), M (1, 3), N (–1, –1)
[2a1 + (n − 1) d ]
2 −2 0 1
5[(6 − d ) + 5nd ] 1
= ∆2 = 1 3 1
(6 − d ) + nd 2
−1 −1 1
S5 n
Q is independent of n so d = 6 1
Sn =| [–2(4) + (–1 + 3)]|
2
So a2 = a1 + d = 3 + 6 = 9

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 78 MAY 2011

 1 So, Min of |2z – 6 + 5i| = PA
= [−8 + 3 − 1] = 3 5i 5
2 = Min 2 z – 3 + =2× =5
∆ 6 2 2
So, 1 = = 2
∆2 3
68. The minimum value of the sum of real numbers
65. The positive integer value of n > 3 satisfying the a–5, a–4, 3a–3, 1, a8 and a10 with a > 0 is
1 1 1 Ans. [8]
equation = + is
π  2π   3π  Sol. A.M. ≥ G.M.
sin   sin   sin  
n  n   n 
a –5 + a –4 + a –3 + a –3 + a –3 + 1 + a 8 + a10
Ans. [7]
8
π
Sol. Let =θ ≥ (a–5. a–4. a–3. a–3. a–3. 1. a8 .a10)1/8
n
a–5 + a–4 + a–3 + a–3 + a–3 + 1 + a8 + a10 ≥ 8
1 1 1
= + so minimum value is 8
sin θ sin 2θ sin 3θ
1 1 1
– = 69. Let f : [1, ∞) → [2, ∞) be a differentiable function
sin θ sin 3θ sin 2θ x
[sin 3θ – sin θ] sin 2θ = sin θ sin 3θ
2 sin θ cos 2θ sin 2θ = sin θ sin 3θ
such that f(1) = 2. If 6 ∫ f (t ) dt
1
= 3x f(x) – x3 for

Q sin θ ≠ 0 all x ≥ 1, then the value of f (2) is

2 cos 2θ sin 2θ = sin 3θ Ans. [6]
sin 4θ = sin 3θ x

so either 4θ = 3θ or 4θ = π – 3θ Sol. 6 ∫ f (t ) dt = 3xf(x) – x3

π 1
so θ = 0 or θ = so n = 7
7 6 f(x) = 3f(x) + 3xf '(x) –3x2
3f(x) = 3x f '(x) – 3x2
  sin θ  
66. Let f(θ) = sin  tan –1    , where
 dy
  cos 2θ   3 y = 3x – 3x2
dx
π π d
– < θ < . Then the value of (f (θ)) dy
4 4 d (tan θ) x – y = x2
dx
is
Ans. [1] dy y
– =x
 sin θ  dx x
Sol. Q tan–1   = sin–1 tan θ –1
 cos 2θ  ∫ dx 1
–1
I.F. = e x = e–ln x =
so f (θ) = sin (sin tan θ) = tan θ x
d ( f (θ)) d (tan θ) 1 1 y
Q
d (tan θ)
=
d (tan θ)
=1 y.
x
= ∫ x. x dx ⇒ x
= x + c ⇒ y = x2 + cx

67. If z is any complex number satisfying | z – 3 – 2i| ≤ 2, Q f(1) = 2 ⇒ c = 1

then the minimum value of | 2z – 6 + 5i| is y = x2 + x
Ans. [5] f(2) = 4 + 2 = 6
Sol.
(3, 2)
B

Min A
value
 5
P  3,– 
 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 79 MAY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 80 MAY 2011
 IIT-JEE 2011
PAPER-II (PAPER & SOLUTION)
Time : 3 Hours Total Marks : 240
Instructions : [Each subject contain]
Section – I : Multiple choice questions with only one correct answer. +3 marks will be awarded for correct answer
and -1 mark for wrong answer. [No. of Ques. : 8]
Section – II : Multiple choice questions with multiple correct answer. +4 marks will be awarded for correct answer
and No Negative marking for wrong answer. [No. of Ques. : 4]
Section – III : Numerical Response Question (single digit Ans. type) +4 marks will be awarded for correct answer
and No Negative marking for wrong answer. [No. of Ques. : 6]
Section – IV : Column Matching type question +2 marks for each correctly matched row and No Negative marking
for wrong answer. [No. of Ques. : 2]

Ans. [B]
CHEMISTRY R- CH2 –OH
SECTION – I ⊕
O H (anhydrous) O OCH2–R
Single Correct Choice Type
Sol. Acetal
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each
question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
4. Amongst the compounds given, the one that
which ONLY ONE is correct.
would form a brilliant colored dye on treatment
1. Oxidation states of the metal in the minerals with NaNO2 in dill. HCl followed by addition to
haematite and magnetite respectively, are an alkaline solution of β -naphthol is
(A) II, III in haematile and III in magnetite NHCH3
(B) II, III in haematite and II in magnetite N(CH3)2
(A) (B)
(C) II in haematite and II, III in magnetite
(D) III in haematite and II, III in magnetite
NH2 CH2NH2
Ans. [D]
+3 (C) (D)
Sol. Haematite is F e 2 O 3
H 3C
+2 +3
Ans. [C]
Magnetite is Fe3O4 or F eO . F e2 O 3
Sol.
2. The following carbohydrate is
H OH NaNO2 + HCl (dil.)
H CH3 NH2 CH3 N2 Cl
O 0–5°C
HO
HO OH
Alkaline solution
H OH OH
H H
(A) a ketohexose (B) an aldohexose
HO
(C) an α-furanose (D) an α-pyranose
Ans. [B] CH3 N=N
Sol. Aldohexose
Coloured dye
3. The major product of the following reaction is
RCH2OH 5. The freezing point (in °C) of a solution containing
0.1 g of K3[Fe(CN)6] (mol. wt. 329) in 100 g of
H+ (anhydrous) water (kf = 1.86 K kg mol–1) is
O
(A) a hemiacetal (B) an acetal (A) –2.3 × 10–2 (B) –5.7 × 10–2
–3
(C) an ether (D) an ester (C) –5.7 × 10 (D) –1.2 × 10–2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 81 MAY 2011

Ans. [A] 9. Reduction of the metal centre in aqueous
Sol. ∆T = kf × m × i × 1000 permanganate ion involves
(A) 3 electrons in neutral medium
0.1
= 1.86 × × 4 × 1000 (B) 5 electrons in neutral medium
329 × 100
(C) 3 electrons in alkaline medium
= 2.26 × 10–2 ≈ 2.3 × 10–2
(D) 5 electrons in acidic medium
Ans. [A, C, D]
6. Consider the following cell reaction :
Sol. → In alkaline solution, KMnO4 is first reduced to
2Fe (s ) + O 2( g ) + 4H + ( aq ) 0 mangnate and then to insoluble MnO2
E = 1.67 V
→ 2Fe 2+ ( aq ) + 2H 2 O(l)
 +7
Neutral
2KMnO 4 + H 2 O  
→
At [Fe2+] = 10–3 M, P(O2) = P(O2) = 0.1 atm and →
+4
pH = 3, the cell potential at 25 °C is 2MnO 4 + 2KOH + 3[O]
(A) 1.47 V (B) 1.77 V MnO 4− + 8H + + 5e − acidic
→ Mn +2 + 4H 2 O
→I
(C) 1.87 V (D) 1.57 V
Ans. [D]
10. For the first order reaction : 2N2O5(g) →
0.0591 [Fe +2 ] 4NO2(g) + O2(g)
Sol. Ecell = E°cell − log
4 [PO ][H + ]4 (A) the concentration of the reactant decreases
2
exponentially with time.
−3 2 (B) the half-life of the reaction decreases with
0.591 [10 ]
= 1.67 − log increasing temperature
4 [0.1][10 −3 ] 4
(C) the half-life of the reaction depends on the
= 1.57 V initial concentration of the reactant
(D) the reaction proceeds to 99.6 % completion in
7. Passing H2S gas into a mixture of Mn2+, Ni2+, eight half-life duration.
Cu2+ and Hg2+ ions in an acidified aqueous Ans. [A, B, D]
solution precipitates.
Sol. C A = C A 0 e − kt [A]
(A) CuS and HgS (B) MnS and CuS
(C) MnS and NiS (D) NiS and HgS 0.693 0.693 0.693 E a / RT
t1 = = −E a / RT
= e [B]
Ans. [A] K A 0e A0
2
Sol. Cu+ 2, Hg+2 are group II basic radicals
 4 
4 log 
0 .4  1  4  100  = 8 [D]
8. Among the following complexes (K–P) =  = =n=
100  2  100 1
K3[Fe(CN)6] (K), [CO(NH3)6]Cl3 (L), Na3 log 
[Co(oxalate)3] (M), [Ni(H2O)6]Cl2 (N), 2
K2[Pt(CN)4] (O) and [Zn(H2O)6] (NO3)2 (P) the
diamagnetic complexes are 11. The equilibrium: 2Cu' Cu° + Cu''
(A) K, L, M, N (B) K, M, O, P in aqueous medium at 25 °C shifts towards the
left in the presence of
(C) L, M, O, P (D) L, M, N, O
−
Ans. [C] (A) NO 3− (B) Cl
(L) : [Co(NH3)6]Cl3 (C) SCN– (D) CN–
(M) : Na3[Co(Ox)3] Ans. [B, C, D]
(O) : K2[Pt(CN)4] Sol. Cu2 Cl2, Cu2(CN)2 and Cu2 (SCN)2 are stable
(P) : [Zn(H2O)6] (NO3)2
12. The correct functional group X and the reagent /
reaction conditions Y in the following scheme are
SECTION – II X– (CH2)4 – X (i) Y
Multiple correct Choice Type (ii) O O
This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each C–(CH2)4–C
questions has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of HO OH
which ONE OR MORE is/are correct. Heat

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 82 MAY 2011

 (A) X = COOCH3, Y = H2/Ni/Heat or CH3 –CH2 –CH–CH2– CH3
(B) X = CONH2, Y = H2 / Ni / heat (1)
CH2Cl
(C) X = CONH2, Y = Br2/ NaOH
(D) X = CN, Y = H2 / Ni / heat 15. Among the following the number of compounds
than can react with PCl5 to give POCl3 is
Ans. [A, B, C, D]
O2, CO2, SO2, H2O, H2SO4, P4O10
Sol. Factual
Ans. [4]

SECTION – III Sol. PCl5 + H2O → POCl3 + 2HCl

Integer Answer Type PCl5 + H2SO4 → POCl3 + H2O + SO2Cl2
6PCl5 + P4O10 → 10POCl3
This section contains 6 Question. The answer to each of
the question is a single-digit integer, ranging from PCl5 + SO2 → POCl3 + SO2Cl2
0 to 9. The total bubble corresponding answer it to be
darkened in the ORS. 16. The number of hexagonal faces that are present in
a truncated octahedron is
13. In 1 L saturated solution of AgCl [Ksp (AgCl) = Ans. [8]
1.6 × 10–10], 0.1 mol of CuCl [Ksp (CuCl) = 1.0 × Sol.
10–6]
is added. The resultant concentration of Ag+ in
the solution is 1.6 × 10–x. The value of "x" is
Ans. [7]
K1
Sol. [Ag + ] = Q K1 < < K2
K1 + K 2
∴ K1 + K 2 ≅ K 2

1.6 × 10 −10
∴ [Ag + ] = = 1.6 × 10–7
−6
1.0 × 10 8 Hexagonal faces
x=7
14. The maximum number of isomers (including 17. The volume (in mL) of 0.1 M AgNO3 required for
stereoisomers) that are possible on complete precipitation of chloride ions present in
monochlorination of the following compound, is 30 mL of 0.01 M solution of [Cr(H2O)5Cl]Cl2, as
silver chloride is close to
CH3
Ans. [6]
C Sol. 0.1 V = 30 × 0.01 × 2
CH3CH2 0.3 × 2
CH2CH3 V= = 6 ml
H 0.1
Ans. [8]
18. The total number of contributing structures
Sol. CH3–CH2 –CH –CH2–CH3 Cl2 / hν
showing hyper conjugation (involving C-H
CH3 bonds) for the following carbocation is
* H3C ⊕ CH2CH3
Cl–CH2 –CH2 –CH–CH2– CH3
(2)
CH3
*
or CH3 –CH *
–CH–CH2– CH3
Cl (4) Ans. [6]
CH3
Cl Sol. 6 (α – H → 6)
or CH3 –CH2 –C–CH2– CH3
(1)
CH3

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 83 MAY 2011

 SECTION – IV (C)
18
Matrix match Type O O
18 H SO
This section contain 2 questions. Each question has 2 4
CH2CH2CH2OH
four statements (A, B, C and D) given in column I and
five statements (p, q, r, s and t) in column II. Any given
statement in column I can have correct matching with
ONE or MORE statement (s) given in Column II. For (D)
example, if for a given question, statement B matches CH2CH2CH2C(CH3)2 H SO
2 4
with the statements given in q and r, then for the OH
particular question, against statement B, darken the
bubbles corresponding to q and r in the ORS H3C CH3

19. Match the transformation in column I with Column-II

appropriate options in column II (p) Nucleophilic substitution
Column-I (q) Electrophilic substitution
(A) CO2(s) → CO2 (g) (r) Dehydration
(B) CaCO3 (s) → CaO(s) + CO2(g) (s) Nucleophilic addition
(C) 2H• → H 2 (g ) (t) Carbanion
(D) P(white solid) → P(red, solid) Ans. [A → r, t, s; B → p, s, t; C → r, s ; D → r, q]
Sol. Factual
Column-II
(p) phase transition
(q) allotropic change
(r) ∆H is positive PHYSICS
(s) ∆S is positive
SECTION – I
(t) ∆S is negative
Single Correct Choice Type
Ans. [A → p, r, s; B → r, s; C → t ; D → p, q, t]
Sol. [A] CO2(s) → CO2(g) This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each
p, r, s question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
[B] CaCO3 (s) → CaO (s) + CO2(g) which ONLY ONE is correct.
r, s 21. A light ray travelling in glass medium is incident
[C] 2 H• → H 2 (g ) on glass-air interface at an angle of incidence θ.
The reflected (R) and transmitted (T) intensities,
t both as function of θ, are plotted. The correct
[D] Pwhite →  Pred sketch is :
p, q, t
20. Match the reactions in column I with appropriate 100%
T
Intensity

type of steps/reactive intermediate involved in

these reactions as given in column II (A)
Column-I R
(A)
0 θ 90º
H3C
O O O
100%
aq NaOH T
Intensity

(B)
(B) R
O
O 0 θ 90º
CH3MgI CH
CH2CH2CH2Cl

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 84 MAY 2011

 23. The density of solid ball is to be determined in an
100% experiment. The diameter of the ball is measured
T

Intensity
with a screw gauge, whose pitch is 0.5 mm and
(C)
there are 50 divisions on the circular scale. The
reading on the main scale is 2.5 mm and that on
R
the circular scale is 20 division. If the measured
0 θ 90º mass of the ball has a relative error of 2%, the
relative percentage error in the density is -
(A) 0.9% (B) 2.4%
100%
T (C) 3.1% (D) 4.2%
Intensity

(C) Ans. [C]

Pitch = 0.5 mm
R
divisions on the = 50
0 θ 90º
circular scale
Ans. [C]
0 .5
⇒ least count of screw gauge = = 0.01
50
main scale, reading = 2.5 mm
θ
e circular scale reading = 20
θ
⇒ reading = 2.5 mm + (20 × 0.01) mm
= 2.5 mm + 0.2 mm = 2.7 mm
When θ > θC, no ray will transmit m
⇒ T = 0, T + R = 100 % and R > 0 ρ= 3
4π  D 
3  2 
T ∆ρ ∆m ∆D
= +3
ρ m D

θc ∆ρ
%error = × 100
ρ
22. A wooden block performs SHM on a frictionless  0.01 
surface with frequency, v0. The block carries a =2%+3   × 100 = 3.1.
 2.7 
charge + Q on r its surface. If now a uniform
electric field E is switched-on as shown, then the
SHM of the block will be 24. A ball of mass 0.2 kg rests on a vertical post of
r height 5m. A bullet of mass 0.01 kg. travelling
E with a velocity V m/s in a horizontal direction,
+Q hits the centre of the ball. After the collision, the
ball and bullet travel independently. The ball hits
the ground at a distance of 20 m and the bullet at
a distance of 100 m from the foot of the post. The
(A) of the same frequency and with shifted mean initial velocity V of the bullet is
position.
(B) of the same frequency and with the same
V m/s
mean position
(C) of changed frequency and with shifted mean
position
(D) of changed frequency and with the same
mean position H = 5m
Ans. [A]
In order to have net force zero, the mean position
will be shifted towards right but the time period 20 100
0
will remain unaffected.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 85 MAY 2011

Ans.[D] 3π 4π
(A) 2 A, (B) A,
4 3
m1 = 0.01 kg m2 = 0.2 kg 5π π
(C) 3 A, (D) A,
v 6 3
Ans.[B]
A
H = 5m

Bullet 30º
Ball 120º
A
20 m θ
100 m

2H
T= = 1 sec
g B
Let v1 & v2 be velocity of bullet & ball
respectively just after collision. Here φ = π + θ
v2 × 1 = 20 ⇒ v2 = 20 3A
& v1 = 100 A cos 30º = B sin θ ⇒ B sin θ = and A sin
2
From conservation of momentum A
30º + B cosθ = A ⇒ B cos θ =
0.01 × v = (0.01 × 100) + (0.2 × 20) 2
0.01 v = 1 + 4 = 5 π
Solving above, B=A and θ = 60º = .
5 3
v= = 500 m/sec.
10 −2 4π
Hence φ = 240º =
3
25. Which of the field patterns given below is valid
for electric field as well as for magnetic field ? 27. A long insulated copper wire is closely wound as
spiral of ‘N’ turns. The spiral has inner radius ‘a’
and outer radius ‘b’. The spiral lies in the X-Y
plane and a steady current ‘I’ flows through the
(A) (B) wire. The Z-component of the magnetic field at
the centre of the spiral is -
y

(C) (D)
I a
b x

Ans.[C] Electric lines of force for induced electric field is

closed loop.

26. A point mass is subjected to two simultaneous µ 0 NI b µ 0 NI b+a

sinusoidal displacements in x-direction, x1(t) = A (A) ln  (B) ln 
2(b − a )  a  2(b − a )  b − a 
 2π 
sin ωt and x2(t) = A sin  ωt +  .Adding a third µ 0 NI  b  µ 0 NI  b + a 
 3  (C) ln  (D) ln 
sinusoidal displacement x3(t) = B sin(ωt + φ) 2b a 2b b−a
brings the mass to a complete rest. The values of
B and φ are :

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 86 MAY 2011

 y SECTION – II
Multiple correct Choice Type
dr This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each
Ans.[A] question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
which ONE OR MORE may be correct.
a r
x 29. Two solid spheres A and B of equal volumes but
of different densities dA and dB are connected by a
string. They are fully immersed in a fluid of
density dF. They get arranged into an equilibrium
b state as shown in the figure with a tension in the
string. The arrangement is possible only if –
N
No. of turns per unit thickness =
b−a
µ (dN)i A
magnetic field at centre due to element = 0
2r
µ 0i  N 
dB =   dr
2r  b − a 
b B
µ 0 iN dr µ 0 iN
B=
2(b − a ) ∫
a
r
=
2(b − a )
ln 3
(A) dA < dF (B) dB > dF
(C) dA > dF (D) dA + dB = 2dF
28. A satellite is moving with a constant speed ‘V’ in Ans.[A,B,D]
a circular orbit about the earth. An object of mass
‘m’ is ejected from the satellite such that it just Vdfg
escapes from the gravitational pull of the earth. At A
the time of its ejection, the kinetic energy of the
object is - VdAg
1 Vdfg
(A) mV 2 (B) mV2
2 B
3 VdBg
(C) mV 2 (D) 2mV2
2
system will be in equilibrium with tension in
Ans.[B] string only if df > dA and dB > df. If both A & B
V M
• are considered as a system then
2Vdfg = V (dA + db)g
r ⇒ dA + dB = 2df
30. Which of the following statement(s) is/are
correct?
(A) If the electric field due to a point charge
varies as r–2.5 instead of r–2, then the Gauss
mv 2 GmM e law will still be valid.
⇒ = (B) The Gauss law can be used to calculate the
r r2 field distribution around an electric dipole.
GM e
⇒ r= ...(1) (C) If the electric field between two point charges
V2 is zero somewhere, then the sign of the two
If K.E. of mass m = was k then from charges is the same.
(D) The work done by the external force in
GmM e moving a unit positive charge from point A at
E=K– =0
r potential VA to point B at potential VB is (VB
– VA).
 GM e  Ans.[C,D]
2
⇒ K=m   = mv
 r 

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 87 MAY 2011

31. A series R-C circuit is connected to AC voltage SECTION – III
source. Consider two cases ; (A) when C is
without a dielectric medium and (B) when C is Integer Answer Type
filled with dielectric of constant 4. The current IR This section contains 6 questions. The answer to each of
through the resistor and voltage VC across the the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to
capacitor are compared in the two cases. Which 9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to
of the following is/are true - be darkened in the ORS
(A) I RA > I RR (B) I RA < I RR
33. Two batteries of different emfs and different
(C) VCA > VCB (D) VCA < VCB internal resistances are connected as shown. The
C voltage across AB in volts is -
R
6V 1Ω
Ans.[B,C] A B
~
3V 2Ω
2
 1 
2 Ans.[5]
Z1 = R +  
 ωC  6 3
+
R 4C
V A – VB = 1 2 = 6 + 1.5 = 7.5 = 5V
1 1 1.5 1.5
+
1 2

~ 34. A series R-C combination is connected to an AC

2 voltage of angular frequency ω = 500 radian/s. If
 1 
Z2 = R 2 +   the impendence of the R-C circuit is R 1.25 , the
 4ωC  time constant (in millisecond) of the circuit is.
z1 > z2 ∴ IA B
R < IR Ans. [4]
IA I BK Z=R 1.25
VCA = K
; VCB = ; VCB < VCA
ωC 4 ωC τ = RC
2
32. A thin ring of mass 2 kg and radius 0.5 m is  1 
R2 +   =Z
2
rolling without slipping on a horizontal plane with  500C 
velocity 1 m/s. A small ball of mass 0.1 kg,
2
moving with velocity 20 m/s in the opposite  1 
direction, hits the ring at a height of 0.75 m and R2 +  2
 = R × 1. 25
 500C 
goes vertically up with velocity 10 m/s.
Immediately after the collision. 2
 1  2 1
  = 0.25 R ⇒ = 0.5R
 500C  500C
10 m/s 1
20 m/s = RC
2500
1
0.75 m 1 m/s = RC
250
0.004 sec = RC
(A) the ring has pure rotation about its stationary RC = 4 mill second.
C.M
35. A train is moving along a straight line with a
(B) the ring comes to a complete stop
constant acceleration ‘a’. A boy standing in the
(C) friction between the ring and the ground is to train throws a ball forward with a speed of 10
the left m/s, at an angle of 60º to the horizontal. The boy
(D) there is no friction between the ring and the has to move forward by 1.15 m inside the train to
ground catch the ball back at the initial height. The
Ans. [A,C] acceleration of the train, in m/s2, is.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 88 MAY 2011

Ans. [5] Ans.[4]
2 × 10 × 3
T= = 3 sec k = 2N/m
2 × 10 m = 0.18 kg
x = 10 cos 60° (T) = 5 3 m µ = 0.1
In frame of train, Using W – E theorem
1 1 1
5 3 = × a × ( 3 )2 + 1.15 × m(u)2 = K (x)2 + µmg (x)
2 2 2
(a : acceleration of train) 1 1
× (0.18) u2 = × 2 × 36 × 10–4 + 0.1 × 0.18
a = 5 m/sec2 2 2
× 10 × 0.06
36. Water (with refractive index = 4/3) in a tank is 18
cm deep. Oil of refractive index 7/4 lies on water ⇒ u = 0.4 m/sec.
making a convex surface of radius of curvature ‘R 4
⇒ m/sec.
= 6 cm’ as shown. Consider oil to act as a thin 10
lens. An object ‘S’ is placed 24 cm above water 38. A silver sphere of radius 1 cm and work function
surface. The location of its image is at ‘x’ cm 4.7 eV is suspended from an insulating thread in
above the bottom of the tank. Then ‘x’ is – free-space. It is under continuous illumination of
S 200 nm wavelength light. As photoelectrons are
emitted, the sphere gets charged and acquires a
potential. The maximum number of
µ = 1.0 photoelectrons emitted from the sphere is A × 10z
(where 1 < A< 10). The value of ‘Z’ is.
R = 6 cm Ans. [7]
µ = 7/4
1240
Energy of photon ≈ eV = 6.2 eV
200
µ = 4/3 Maximum KE of a electron = 6.2 eV – 4.7 eV
When potential on surface of sphere becomes
equal to 1.5V
Ans.[2]
µ 3 µ1 µ 2 − µ1 µ 3 − µ 2 q
− = + = 1.5 V ⇒ q = 1.5 × (4π ε0) × r
v u R1 R2 4π ∈0 r
7 4 7 1.5 × (4πε 0 )r
−1 − No. of photoelectron emitted n =
4 1
– = 4 + 3 4 1.6 × 10 −19
3V − 24 6 ∞
4 1 1 4 1 = 1. 04 × 107
⇒ + = ⇒ =
3V 24 8 3V 12
⇒ V = 16 cm SECTION – IV
∴ Ans. = (18 –16) cm = 2 cm Matrix match Type
37. A block of mass 0.18 kg is attached to a spring of This section contains 2 questions. Each question has
force-constant 2 N/m. The coefficient of friction four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and
between the block and the floor is 0.1. Initially five statements (p, q, r, s and t) in Column II. Any
the block is at rest and the spring is un-stretched. given statement Column I can have correct matching
An impulse is given to the block as shown in the with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column II.
figure. The block slides a distance of 0.06 m and For example, if for a given question, statement B
comes to rest for the first time. The initial matches with the statements given in q and r, then for
velocity of the block in m/s is V = N/10. Then N the particular question, against statement B, darken
is the bubbles corresponds to q and r in the ORS.
39. One mole of a monoatomic ideal gas is taken
through a cycle ABCDA as shown in the P-V
diagram.
Column-II gives the characteristics involved in
the cycle. Match them with each of the processes
given in Column-I.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 89 MAY 2011

 P Column-I
B A
3P (A) Pipe closed at one end
0 L

(B) Pipe open at both ends

0 L
1P D (C) Stretched wire clamped at both ends
C

0 1V 3V 9V V 0 L
(D) Stretched wire clamped at both ends and at
Column-I Column-II mid-point
(A) Process A → B (p) Internal energy decreases
0 L
(B) Process B → C (q) Internal energy increases L/2
(C) Process C → D (r) Heat is lost
(D) Process D → A (s) Heat is gained Column-II
(t) Work is done on the gas (p) Longitudinal waves
Ans. (A) → p,r,t; (B) → p,r; (C) → q,s; (D) → r,t (q) Transverse waves
Process AB : (Pressure is constant) (r) λ1 = L
T (s) λf = 2L
If TA = T ⇒ TB =
3 (t) λf = 4L
So ∆U = Negative [Q ∆U = nCv∆T] Ans. (A) → p,t; (B) → p,s; (C) → q,s; (D) → q,r
∆W = nR∆T = Negative
∆Q = ∆U + ∆W = Negative (A)
Process BC : (Volume is constant)
T T λf
If TB = then TC = =L
3 9 4
∆U = nCv∆T = Negative ⇒ λf = 4L
∆W = Zero
∆Q = Negative (B) Longitudinal waves
Process C → D : (Pressure is constant)
T
If TC = then TD = T
9
∆U = nCv∆T = positive
λf
∆W = positive =L
2
∆Q = positive
Process D → A : (C) Stretched wire clamped at both ends
TD = T and TA = T
Hence process is isothermal
∆U = 0
∆W = negative λf
= L ⇒ λf = 2L
∆Q = negative 2

40. Column-I shows four systems, each of the same (D)

length L, for producing standing waves. The
lowest possible natural frequency of a system is λf λ
+ f =L
called its fundamental frequency, whose 2 2
wavelength is denoted as λ1. Match each system ⇒ λf = L
with statements given in Column-II describing
the nature and waves.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 90 MAY 2011

 t2 = 4h, t = 2k
MATHEMATICS so 4k2 = 4h
∴ k2 = h
SECTION – I hence required locus is y2 = x
Single Correct Choice Type
43. Let f(x) = x2 and g(x) = sin x for all x∈R. Then the set
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each of all x satisfying (f o g o g o f) (x) = (g o g o f) (x),
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of where (f o g) (x) = f(g(x)), is
which ONLY ONE is correct.
(A) ± nπ , n ∈ {0, 1, 2...}
41. Let P(6, 3) be a point on the hyperbola
x2 y2 (B) ± nπ , n ∈ {1, 2...}
− = 1 . If the normal at the point P
a2 b2 (C)
π
+ 2nπ, n ∈ {...., − 2, − 1, 0, 1, 2, ....}
intersects the x-axis at (9, 0), then the eccentricity 2
of the hyperbola is - (D) 2nπ, n∈{…., –2, –1, 0, 1, 2, ….}
5 3 Ans. [A]
(A) (B)
2 2 Sol. gof(x) = gf(x) = g(x2) = sin x2
go (gof(x)) = g(sin x2) = sin (sin x2)
(C) 2 (D) 3
fo(gogof(x)) = f(sin (sin x2)) = (sin(sin x2))2
Ans. [B]
∴ (sin (sin x2))2 = sin (sin x2)
Sol. Equation of the normal at (6, 3) is
sin (sin x2) (sin (sin x2) –1) = 0
a2 x b 2 y sin (sin x2) = 0 or sin (sin x2) = 1
+ = a2 + b2
6 3 π
sin x2 = nπ sin x2 = 2nπ +
it passes through (9, 0) 2
9a 2 At n = 0 At n = 0
so = a2 + b2
6 π
sin x2 = 0 sin x2 =
a2 2
⇒ b2 = x2 = nπ Not possible
2
Now b2 = a2 (e2 –1) x=± nπ ; n ∈ {0, 1, 2, ….}
1
∴ e2 –1 = 44. Let f : [–1, 2] → [0, ∞) be a continuous function
2 such that f(x) = f(1 – x) for all x∈[–1, 2]. Let
2
3 3
e2 =
2
⇒e=
2
R1 = ∫ x f ( x)dx , and R
−1
2 be the area of the region

42. 2
Let (x, y) be any point on the parabola y = 4x. Let bounded by y = f(x), x = – 1, x = 2, and the x-axis.
P be the point that divides the line segment from Then
(0, 0) to (x, y) in the ratio 1 : 3. Then the locus of (A) R1 = 2R2 (B) R1 = 3R2
P is (C) 2R1 = R2 (D) 3R1 = R2
(A) x2 = y (B) y2 = 2x Ans. [C]
2
(C) y = x (D) x2 = 2y 2
Ans. [C] Sol. R1 = ∫ x f ( x) dx … (i)
t2 2t −1
Sol. h= ,k= 2 2
4 4
(t2, 2t)
R1 = ∫ (1 − x) f (1 − x) dx = ∫ (1 − x) f ( x) dx ...(ii)
−1 −1
3 (i) + (ii)
1 • P(h, k) 2

(0, 0)
2R1 = ∫ f ( x) dx = R2
−1
∴ 2R1 = R2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 91 MAY 2011

45. If lim[1 + xln (1 + b 2 )]1 / x = 2b sin2 θ, b > 0 and 2 2
 5  5 
x →0  x +  + (y –2)2 =  – − 0 
θ∈(– π, π], then the value of θ is -  2   2 
π π 25 25
(A) ± (B) ± x2 + + 5x + y2 + 4 – 4y =
4 3 4 4
2 2
π π x + y + 5x – 4y + 4 = 0
(C) ± (D) ± from given points only point (– 4, 0) satisfies this
6 2
equation.
Ans. [D]
Sol. lim (1 + x ln(1 + b2)]1/x = 2b sin2 θb > 0; 47. Let ω ≠ 1 be a cube root of unity and S be the set
x →0
of all non-singular matrices of the form
θ ∈ (–π, π)
2
 1 a b
ln (1+ b )  ω 1 c  , where each of a, b and c is either
 1 
 2 x ln (1+ b 2 )   
lim  [1 + xln (1 + b )]  = 2b sin2 θ ω2 ω 1
x →0  
  ω or ω2. Then the number of distinct matrices in
2
the set S is :
eln(1+b ) = 2b sin2 θ
(A) 2 (B) 6
1 + b2 = 2b sin2 θ
(C) 4 (D) 8
1 Ans. [A]
2 sin2θ = b +
b
1 a b
1
RHS = b + ≥2 as b > 0 Sol. ω 1 c ≠0
b
ω2 ω 1
But LHS = 2 sin2 θ ≤ 2
Only possibility (1 – ωc) – a (ω – ω2c) + b(ω2 – ω2) ≠ 0
2 sin2 θ = 2 1 – ωc – aω + acω2 ≠ 0
sin2θ = 1 (1 – ωc) – aω (1 – ωc) ≠ 0
π (1 – ωc) (1 – aω) ≠ 0
θ=±
2 c ≠ ω2 & a ≠ ω2 & b = ω or ω2
(a, b, c) ≡ (ω, ω, ω) or (ω, ω2, ω)
46. The circle passing through the point (–1, 0) and
touching the y-axis at (0, 2) also passes through 48. A value of b for which the equations
the point -
x2 + bx – 1 = 0, x2 + x + b = 0
 3   5  have one root in common is -
(A)  − , 0  (B)  − , 2 
 2   2  (A) − 2 (B) − i 3
 3 5
(C)  − ,  (D) (– 4, 0) (C) i 5 (D) 2
 2 2 Ans. [B]
Ans. [D] Sol. x2 + bx –1 = 0 … (i)
Sol. ∴ (h – 0)2 + (2 –2)2 = (h + 1)2 + (2 – 0)2 x2 + x + b = 0 … (ii)
h2 = h2 + 1 + 2h + 4 b +1
(i) – (ii) we get x =
b –1
(h, 2)
(0, 2)
Put this value in (i)
2
 b +1  b +1
(–1, 0)
  +b   –1 = 0
 b –1  b –1
5 ⇒ b3 + 3b = 0
h= −
2 ⇒ b(b2 + 3) = 0
Equation of circle is ⇒ b = 0 or b = ± i 3

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 92 MAY 2011

 SECTION – II 51. Let E and F be two independent events. The
Multiple correct Choice Type probability that exactly one of them occurs is
11/25 and the probability of none of them
This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each occurring is 2/25. If P(T) denotes the probability
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of of occurrence of the event T, then -
which ONE OR MORE may be correct.
4 3
 π π (A) P( E ) = , P( F ) =
5 5
− x − 2 , x≤−
2
 1 2
 − cos x, − π < x ≤ 0 (B) P( E ) = , P( F ) =
49. If f ( x) =  , then 5 5
 x −1 2
 0 < x ≤1 2 1
(C) P( E ) = , P( F ) =
 ln x, x >1 5 5
3 4
π (D) P( E ) = , P( F ) =
(A) f(x) is continuous at x = − 5 5
2
Ans. [A, D]
(B) f(x) is not differentiable at x = 0
11
(C) f(x) is differentiable at x = 1 Sol. P(E) (1 – P(F)) + (1 – P(E)) P(F) =
25
3
(D) f(x) is differentiable at x = − 11
2 P(E) + P(F) –2P (E) P(F) = … (1)
25
Ans. [A, B, C, D]
2
π (1 – P(E)) (1 – P(F)) =
Sol. At x = − 25
2
2
 π 1 – P(E) – P(F) + P(E) P(F) =
LHL = 0, RHL = 0, f  −  = 0, So f(x) is 25
 2 23
π P(E) + P(F) – P(E) P(F) = ... (2)
continuous at x = − 25
2 From (1) & (2)
At x = 0 12
LHD = 0; RHD = 1 P(E) P(F) =
25
So f(x) is not differentiable at x = 0
7
At x = 1 and P(E) + P(F) =
5
LHD = 1, RHD = 1
so either
So f(x) is differentiable at x = 1
4 3 3 4
 π  P(E) = , P(F) = and P(E) = , P(F) =
in  − , 0 ; f(x) = – cos x 5 5 5 5
 2 
3 b−x
so f(x) is differentiable at x = − 52. Let f : (0, 1) → R be defined by f ( x) = ,
2 1 − bx
where b is a constant such that 0 < b < 1. Then
50. Let L be a normal to the parabola y2 = 4x. If L (A) f is not invertible on (0, 1)
passes through the point (9, 6), then L is given by 1
(B) f ≠ f –1 on (0, 1) & f '(b) =
(A) y – x + 3 = 0 (B) y + 3x – 33 = 0 f ' (0)
(C) y + x – 15 = 0 (D) y – 2x + 12 = 0
1
Ans. [A, B, D] (C) f = f –1 on (0, 1) and f '(b) =
f ' ( 0)
Sol. y = mx – 2m – m3
(D) f –1 is differentiable on (0, 1)
It passes through (9, 6)
Ans. [A, B]
6 = 9m –2m – m3
Sol. f : (0, 1) → R
m3 – 7m + 6 = 0
b−x
(m –1) (m –2) (m + 3) = 0 f(x) = ∀ b ∈ (0, 1)
1 − bx
∴ m = –3, 1, 2
Hence equations will be b2 − 1
f ′(x) = = (–) ve
y = x – 3, y = 2x –12 and y = –3x + 33 (1 − bx) 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 93 MAY 2011

 So f(x) is monotonically decreasing for x ∈ (0, 1) 55. Let ω = eiπ/3, and a, b, c, x, y, z be non-zero
so for x ∈ (0, 1) complex numbers such that a + b + c = x,
f(x) ∈ (f(1), f(0)) a + bω + cω2 = y, a + bω2 + cω = z. Then the
f(x) ∈ (–1, b) | x |2 + | y |2 + | z |2
so f(x) is not onto. value of is.
so f(x) is not invertible function. | a |2 + | b |2 + | c |2
Ans. [*]
SECTION – III
Sol. wrong question if ω = ei 2π / 3 then ans is 3.
Integer Answer Type
If ω = ei π / 3 then no integral solution is possible.
This section contains 6 questions. The answer to each of
the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to
9. The bubble corresponding to the correct answer is to 0 − 1
be darkened in the ORS 56.
   
Let M be a 3× 3 matrix satisfying M 1 =  2  ,
53. Let y'(x) + y(x)g'(x) = g(x)g'(x), y(0) = 0, x∈R, 0  3 
d f ( x)
where f '(x) denotes and g(x) is a given 1 1 1  0 
dx
non-constant differentiable function on R with M − 1 =  1  and M 1 =  0  . Then the sum
   
g(0) = g(2) = 0. Then the value of y(2) is.  0  − 1 1 12
Ans. [0] of the diagonal entries of M is.
dy Ans. [9]
Sol. +y=g
dg a b c 
 
∫
I. F. = 1.dg = g Sol. Let M = d e f 
 g h i 
y.eg = ∫ ge g .dg = geg – ∫e
g
.dg
0 − 1
yeg = geg – eg + c Q
 
M 1 =
 2  ⇒ b = –1, e = 2, h = 3
 
y = g –1 + ce–g 0  3 
Q y(0) = 0 & g(0) = 0
at x = 0 1 1
∴
 
M − 1 =
 1  ⇒ a = 0, d = 3, g = 2
0 = 0 –1 + Ce–0  
C=1  0  −1
y = g –1 + e–g
1 0
at x = 2   0  ⇒ c = 1, f = –5, i = 7
M 1 =  
y(2) = 0 – 1 + e–0 = 0
1 12
r r r
54. Let a = −iˆ − kˆ , b = −iˆ + ˆj and c = iˆ + 2 ˆj + 3kˆ be So a + e + i = 0 + 2 + 7 = 9
r
three given vectors. If r is a vector such that
r r r r rr r r 57. The number of distinct real roots of
r × b = c × b and r . a = 0 , then the value of r .b
x4 – 4x3 + 12x2 + x – 1 = 0 is
is.
Ans. [2]
Ans. [9]
r r r Sol. Let f(x) = x4 – 4x3 + 12x2 + x – 1
Sol. a = – iˆ – k̂ , b = – iˆ + ĵ , c = iˆ + 2 ĵ + 3 k̂ Let α, β, γ, δ are the root of equation.
r r r r r r r r r
∴ αβγδ = –1 so the equation has at least two
( r − c ) × b = 0 ⇒ r − c = λb ⇒ r = c + λ b
r r real roots. ...(i)
Q r ⋅a = 0 f '(x) = 4x3 – 12x2 + 24x + 1
rr rr
⇒ a.c + λb .a = 0 f "(x) = 12x2 – 24x + 24 = 12((x + 1)2 + 1)
rr so f "(x) > 0 so f '(x) = 0 has only one real roots
a.c
⇒ λ=− r r =4 so f(x) = 0 has at most two real roots. ...(ii)
b .a
rr rr r from (i) & (ii)
⇒ r .b = c .b + λ | b |2 = 9 f(x) = 0 has exactly two real roots.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 94 MAY 2011

58. The straight line 2x – 3y = 1 divides the circular 59. Match the statements given in Column-I with the
region x2 + y2 ≤ 6 into two parts. If values given in Column-II.
 3   5 3   1 1   1 1  Column-I
S =  2, ,  , ,  , − ,  ,  , then r
 4   2 4   4 4   8 4  r r
(A) If a = ˆj + 3kˆ , b = − ˆj + 3kˆ and c = 2 3kˆ
the number of point(s) in S lying inside the
smaller part is - form a triangle, then the internal angle of the
r r
Ans. [2] triangle between a and b is
Sol. b

∫ ( f ( x) − 3x)dx = a
2
(B) If − b 2 , then the value
a
1 
 ,0
 π
of f   is
2  6
5/ 6
π2
(2, 3)
(C) The value of
ln 3 ∫ sec(πx)dx is
7/6

 1 
Pont (x1, y1) lies inside the region if (D) The maximum value of Arg   for
1− z 
x12 + y12 − 6 ≤ 0 & 2x1 – 3y1 – 1 ≤ 0.
|z| = 1, z ≠ 1 is given by
 3 9
P1 ≡  2,  4+ −6≤ 0 True
 4 16 Column-I

9 (p) π/6
4− −1 > 0 True (q) 2π/3
4
(r) (r) π/3
5 3 25 9
P2 ≡  ,  + − 6 ≤ 0 False (s) π
2 4 4 16
(t) π/2
 1 −1 1 1
P3 ≡  ,  + − 6 ≤ 0 True Ans. [A → q ; B → p ; C → s ; D → s]
4 4  16 16
Sol. (A)
2 3
+ − 1 > 0 True
4 4 r
r b
1 1 1 1 c
P4 ≡  ,  + − 6 ≤ 0 True
8 4 64 16
2 3 θ
− − 1 > 0 False r
a
8 4
r r
So P1 & P3 lies in the interval − a ⋅b 1 2π
cos θ = r r = − ⇒ θ=
| −a || b | 2 3
SECTION – IV b

∫ ( f ( x) − 3( x))dx = a
2
Matrix match Type (B) − b2
a
This section contains 2 questions. Each question has
four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and differentiating w.r.t (b).
five statements (p, q, r, s and t) in Column II. Any f(b) – 3b = – 2b
given statement Column I can have correct matching
with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column II. f (b) = b
For example, if for a given question, statement B
matches with the statements given in q and r, then for π π
the particular question, against statement B, darken So f   =
6 6
the bubbles corresponds to q and r in the ORS.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 95 MAY 2011

 5/6 Sol. (A) Let z = cos θ + i sin θ
π2
(C) I =
ln3 ∫ sec πx dx
so
2iz
=
2i (cos+ i sin θ)
= − cos ecθ
7/6 2
1− z 1 − cos 2θ − i sin 2θ
π2 5/6
I= ln | sec πx + tan πx | 7 / 6 π
π ln3 ∀ θ ≠ (2n + 1)
2
π
I= ⋅ ln3 = π  2iz 
ln3 so Re  = − cos ec θ ∈ (−∞, − 1] ∪ [1, ∞)
1 − z2 
(D) ∴ |z| = 1
z = cos θ + i sin θ. ∀ θ∈ (– π. π] and θ ≠ 0. 8 × 3x − 2 8 × 3x
(B) =
1 1 − 32 x − 2 9 − 32 x
Arg
(1 − z ) Let 3x = t
 θ  8 × 3x 
 1 
 1 i cot  So f(x) = sin–1   = sin −1  8t 
= Arg   = Arg  + 2  9 − 32 x   9 − t2 
1 − cos θ − i sin θ  2 2   
 
 
  8t
−1 ≤ ≤ 1 on solving
π−θ 9 − t2
= so maximum value is π.
2 x ∈ (– ∞, 0] ∪ [2, ∞) ∪ {1}

60. Match the statements given in Column-I with the (C) f(θ) = 2 sec2θ
intervals/union of intervals given in Column-II.
so f(θ) ∈[2, ∞)
Column-I
(D) f(x) = 3x5/2 – 10x3/2
(A) The set
15 x
  2iz   f'(x) = (x − 2)
Re 2
; z is a complex number,  2
 1− z   is
 | z | = 1, z ≠ ±1  So f(x) is increasing for f '(x) ≥ 0

x ∈ [2, ∞)
(B) The domain of the function
 8(3) x − 2 
f ( x) = sin −1   is
 1 − 32( x −1) 
  Random Facts
1 tan θ 1 • As a gas' temperature is raised to over
10,000°, its molecules collide so violently
(C) If f (θ) = − tan θ 1 tan θ , then the that they are broken apart into individual
−1 − tan θ 1 atoms.
 π • When the tsunami reaches the coast and
set  f (θ) : 0 ≤ θ <  is
 2 moves inland, the water level can rise
many meters. In extreme cases, water level
(D) If f ( x) = x 3 / 2 (3x − 10), x ≥ 0 , then f(x) is has risen to more than 15 m (50 ft) for
increasing in tsunamis of distant origin and over 30 m
(100 ft) for tsunami waves generated near
Column-II the earthquake’s epicenter.
(p) (– ∞, –1) ∪ (1, ∞) • Some minerals, notably quartz, are
(q) (– ∞, 0) ∪ (0, ∞) piezoelectric--that is, they produce
electricity when subjected to pressure or
(r) [2, ∞) stress. This same phenomenon is probably
(s) ( – ∞, –1] ∪ [1, ∞) also responsible for "earthquake lights,"
(t) (– ∞, 0] ∪ [2, ∞) the luminescence sometimes reported (and,
on occasion, photographed) in the sky
Ans. [A → p, r, s ; B → r, t ; C → r ; D → r] during earthquakes.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 96 MAY 2011

 XtraEdge Test Series
ANSWER KEY

IIT- JEE 2012 (May issue)

PHYSICS
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Ans D C C B A B A A,B,C
Ques 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Ans B,C B,C A,B,C,D B C C B C
Numerical Ques 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Response Ans 3 1 2 1 2 3 4
CHEMISTRY
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Ans C B D D B A C B,C
Ques 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Ans B,D B,D D C D B D B
Numerical Ques 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Response Ans 1 6 7 2 8 4 6
MATHEMATICS
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Ans A A D A C C A B,D
Ques 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Ans A,B,C A,B,C,D B,D D C A A A
Numerical Ques 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Response Ans 9 0 2 5 1 1 0

IIT- JEE 2013 (May issue)

PHYSICS
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Ans B A A D A B A A,B,C,D
Ques 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Ans A,B,C A,B,D A,C,D C B C B B
Numerical Ques 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Response Ans 6 9 1 5 6 4 5
CHEMISTRY
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Ans A B D B A C D A,B,C
Ques 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Ans A,B,C A,D A,C,D A B A B A
Numerical Ques 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Response Ans 3 1 1 5 0 2 3
MATHEMATICS
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Ans A C C C D A C A,B,D
Ques 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Ans C,D A,C A,B,C,D C C B A B
Numerical Ques 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Response Ans 5 9 3 2 6 3 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 97 MAY 2011

 Subscription Offer for Students
'XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
IIT JEE becoming more competitive examination day by day.
Regular change in pattern making it more challenging.
C

"XtraEdge for IIT JEE" magazine makes sure you're updated & at the forefront.
Every month get the XtraEdge Advantage at your door step.

✓ Magazine content is prepared by highly experienced faculty members on the latest trend of IIT JEE.
✓ Predict future paper trends with XtraEdge Test Series every month to give students practice, practice & more practice.
✓ Take advantage of experts' articles on concepts development and problem solving skills
✓ Stay informed about latest exam dates, syllabus, new study techniques, time management skills and much more XtraFunda.
✓ Confidence building exercises with Self Tests and success stories of IITians
✓ Elevate you to the international arena with international Olympiad/Contests problems and Challenging Questions.

SUBSCRIPTION FORM FOR “EXTRAEDGE FOR IIT-JEE

The Manager-Subscription,
“XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”
Career Point Infosystems Ltd,
4th Floor, CP-Tower,
Special
IPIA, Kota (Raj)-324005 Offer
I wish to subscribe for the monthly Magazine “XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”
Half Yearly Subscription (Rs. 100/-) One Year subscription (Rs. 200/-) Two year Subscription (Rs. 400/-)
I am paying R. …………………….through
Money Order (M.O)
Bank Demand Draft of No………………………..Bank………………………………………………………..Dated C
(Note: Demand Draft should be in favour of "Career Point Infosystems Ltd" payable at Kota.)
Name: _______________________________________________________________________________________
Father's Name: _______________________________________________________________________________________
Address: _______________________________________________________________________________________
________________________City_____________________________State__________________________
PIN_________________________________________Ph with STD Code __________________________
Class Studying in ________________E-Mail: ________________________________________________
From months: ____________________to ________________________________________________

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 98 MAY 2011

 Subscription Offer for Schools
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
IIT JEE becoming more competitive examination day by day.
Regular change in pattern making it more challenging.
C

"XtraEdge for IIT JEE" magazine makes sure you're updated & at the forefront.
Every month get the XtraEdge Advantage at your door step.

✓ Magazine content is prepared by highly experienced faculty members on the latest trend of the IIT JEE.
✓ Predict future paper trends with XtraEdge Test Series every month to give students practice, practice & more practice.
✓ Take advantage of experts' articles on concepts development and problem solving skills
✓ Stay informed about latest exam dates, syllabus, new study techniques, time management skills and much more XtraFunda.
✓ Confidence building exercises with Self Tests and success stories of IITians
✓ Elevate you to the international arena with international Olympiad/ Contests problems and Challenging Questions.

FREE SUBSCRIPTION FORM FOR “EXTRAEDGE FOR IIT-JEE

The Manager-Subscription,
“XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”
Career Point Infosystems Ltd,

C
4th Floor, CP-Tower,
IPIA, Kota (Raj)-324005

We wish to subscribe for the monthly Magazine “XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”

Half Yearly Subscription One Year subscription Two year Subscription

Institution Detail:
Graduate Collage Senior Secondary School Higher Secondary School

Name of the Institute: _____________________________________________________________________________

Name of the Principal: _____________________________________________________________________________
Mailing Address: _____________________________________________________________________________
__________________City_________________________State__________________________
PIN_____________________Ph with STD Code_____________________________________
Fax_______________________________ E-Mail_____________________________________
Board/ University: _____________________________________________________________________________________

School Seal with Signature

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 99 MAY 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 100 MAY 2011